UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____________ to _______________
Commission File Number: 000-29655
Alamogordo Financial Corp.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
United States | 74-2819148 | |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) | |
or Organization) |
500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico | 88310 | |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) | (Zip Code) |
(575) 437-9334
(Registrant’s Telephone Number Including Area Code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of March 22, 2016 there were 1,679,500 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock. The aggregate value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the common stock as of June 30, 2015 at $20.00, was $12.9 million.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1. | Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (Part III) |
1
Forward Looking Statements
This Report contains certain “forward-looking statements” which may be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “planned,” “estimated” and “potential.” These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
· | statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; |
· | statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies; |
· | statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and |
· | estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits. |
These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
· | general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected; |
· | competition among depository and other financial institutions; |
· | inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce our mortgage banking revenues or the fair value of financial instruments, or reduce the origination levels in our lending business, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary markets; |
· | adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets; |
· | changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements; |
· | the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing regulations; |
· | our ability to manage operations in current economic conditions; |
· | our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk; |
· | our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; |
· | our ability to implement changes in our business strategies; |
· | our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we have acquired or may acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any acquisition goodwill charges related thereto; |
2
· | changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; |
· | our ability to access cost-effective funding; |
· | changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; |
· | changes in the level of government support for housing finance; |
· | changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; |
· | fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; |
· | demand for loans and deposits in our market area; |
· | our ability to attract and retain key employees; |
· | changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and |
· | changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own. |
Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements.
Alamogordo Financial Corp.
Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”), a federal corporation that was organized in 1997, is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Alamogordo, New Mexico. Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “ALMG.” Approximately 54.7% of Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s outstanding shares are owned by AF Mutual Holding Company, a federal corporation and a mutual holding company. Alamogordo Financial Corp. conducts its operations primarily through its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank 34, a federally chartered savings association. Alamogordo Financial Corp. manages its operations as one unit, and thus does not have separate operating segments. At December 31, 2015, Alamogordo Financial Corp. had total assets of $271.0 million, loans held for investment of $194.0 million, available-for-sale securities of $28.6 million, deposits of $225.7 million, and stockholders’ equity of $29.6 million.
The executive offices of Alamogordo Financial Corp. are located at 500 East 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310, and its telephone number is (575) 437-9334. Alamogordo Financial Corp. is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Bank 34
Bank 34 operates four full-service banking centers, one each in Otero and Dona Ana counties in New Mexico and two in Maricopa County, Arizona. Bank 34’s New Mexico offices include the main office and corporate headquarters located in Alamogordo and a branch office in Las Cruces. The Bank’s Arizona branch offices include the regional headquarters located in Scottsdale and a branch office in Peoria. Bank 34 also operates three residential mortgage and commercial loan production offices, one each in El Paso, Texas, Phoenix, Arizona and Albuquerque, New Mexico.
3
Bank 34’s business model focuses on two primary areas. The commercial focus is on the credit, deposit and treasury management needs of small businesses and real estate professionals and investors. Bank 34 originates both conventional and SBA loans within its primary market areas. Commercial loan types offered include: owner and non-owner occupied real estate (including construction loans), multi-family loans, and commercial and industrial loans.
The consumer focus is on residential construction and mortgage loan needs together with deposit, online banking and ancillary financial service needs of families and businesses served by Bank 34. While most of Bank 34’s one– to four-family residential real estate loans are secured by properties in the counties served by its branch offices and its El Paso, Texas and Albuquerque, New Mexico loan production offices, it does actively seek business in other areas of New Mexico and Arizona and surrounding states.
Bank 34 originates deposits from its business and consumer customers predominantly from the areas where its branch offices are located. While Bank 34’s thrift origins still reflect a relatively high percentage of certificate of deposit balances to total deposits, the recent emphasis on business operating accounts and checking and money market accounts of consumers is consistent with Bank 34’s ongoing migration to a bank business model. Bank 34 does not solicit brokered deposits and generally does not solicit public funds. A modest amount of brokered deposits are on Bank 34’s balance sheet as a result of the acquisition of Bank 1440 in 2014.
Bank 34 is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Bank 34 is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. Its website address is www.Bank 34.com . Information on their website is not considered a part of this report.
Change in Fiscal Year
Effective December 31, 2014, Alamogordo Financial Corp, AF Mutual Holding Company, and Bank 34 changed their fiscal year ends to December 31 from June 30.
Merger
The Company completed its acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million. In the merger, the Company received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. The transaction resulted in an increase in stockholders’ equity of $8.7 million, including $5.8 million due to the fair value of shares issued and the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
Further information regarding the merger transaction can be found in Note 2 of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this document.
Competition
We face significant competition in originating loans and attracting deposits. Our primary market area and other areas in which we operate have a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger institutions that have greater financial resources than we have, and many of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans and leases comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, mortgage banking companies, the U.S. Government, credit unions, leasing companies, insurance companies, real estate conduits and other companies that provide financial services to businesses and individuals. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from online financial institutions and non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies.
We seek to meet this competition by emphasizing personalized service and efficient decision-making tailored to individual needs. In addition, we reward long-standing relationships with preferred rates and terms on
4
deposit products based on existing and prospective lending business. We do not rely on any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our loans or deposits.
As of June 30, 2015 (the latest date for which information is available), Bank 34’s deposit market share was 18.37% of total deposits in Otero County, New Mexico, representing the second largest market share of sixteen institutions in Otero County; 1.75% of total deposits in Dona Ana County, New Mexico, representing the thirteenth largest market share of eighteen institutions in Dona Ana County; and 0.10% of total deposits in Maricopa County, Arizona, representing the 37 th largest market share of 52 institutions in Maricopa County.
Market Area
Bank 34 operates four full-service banking centers, one each in Otero and Dona Ana Counties, New Mexico and two in Maricopa County, Arizona. We also operate loan production offices in El Paso, Texas (El Paso County), Albuquerque, New Mexico (Bernalillo County), Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County), Tucson, Arizona (Pima County), Kirkland, Washington (King County), Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County) and Medford, Oregon (Jackson County). The following describes the market areas of our banking centers.
Arizona. The Arizona economy is expanding at a steady pace and faster than the national average. The Phoenix metropolitan statistical area (MSA) economy, which includes Maricopa County, expanded at faster rate than the nation in 2015 and has done so since mid-2011. The Phoenix MSA accounted for nearly 90% of the net job growth statewide. According to the University of Arizona’s Economic and Business Research Center, population and household growth in Maricopa County is expected to continue this growth for the next five years. Maricopa County’s unemployment rate decreased to 5.7% as of August 2015 from 6.8% as of August 2014 and is below the state average of 6.8%. According to the same report, the economic forecast calls for economic growth in the Phoenix MSA to strengthen during the next two years, with job growth reaching 2.9% in 2017. Due to the speed of recovery in the housing market, Maricopa County offers a more favorable lending environment than our New Mexico counties. Maricopa County has had steadily decreasing vacancy rates in multi-family, industrial, office and retail properties. Since 2010, according to the National Association of Realtors, Maricopa County has shown the fastest housing recovery and the highest growth in median sales price of single family homes among our market counties. In addition, during 2015, housing permits in the Phoenix MSA increased by over 40%, which was the best year for single-family housing permits in the area since 2007.
New Mexico. Despite currently ranking as the seventh most favorable tax state for operating a business, New Mexico’s employment growth has ranked among the lowest nationally since 2009, largely due to an above average loss of government transfer and subsidy programs. The trend showed some signs of reversing in 2015, with job growth increasing 1.4% in 2015. Nearly 65% of new jobs created during 2015 were in health care, and the growth in health care jobs was fairly evenly distributed in both metropolitan and rural areas of the state. According to the University of New Mexico’s Bureau of Business & Economic Research, ,the overall New Mexico employment growth forecast is 1.2% per year between 2016 and 2020, led by healthcare and educational services and, secondarily, by the combined contributions of leisure and hospitality, professional and technical services, retail and wholesale trade, and construction.
Otero County’s unemployment rate increased to 6.7% as of August 2015 from 6.3% as of August 2014. This was slightly lower than the state average of 6.9% but higher than the national average. Dona Ana’s unemployment rate also increased to 7.5% as of August 2015 from 7.2% as of August 2014 and is above the state and national averages. The top five employment sectors in Otero County as of December 2015were food service, health care and social assistance, public administration, retail trade and education services, while the top five employment sectors in Dona Ana County as of December 2015were health care and social assistance, educational services, retail trade, food service and public administration.
Housing permits showed signs of improvement in New Mexico during the second half of 2015, consistent with an improved climate for housing starts, which increased over 10% in the second half of 2015 from the first half of 2015. However, housing prices in Otero and Dona Ana Counties have remained relatively flat over the past five years. We currently rank as the top originator of residential mortgage loans in Otero County and rank in the top five in origination market share of residential mortgage loans in Dona Ana County. According to the University of New
5
Mexico’s Bureau of Business and Economic Research, home sales are improving throughout New Mexico but values are expected to remain relatively flat for the foreseeable future.
Lending Activities
At December 31, 2015, our gross loans held for investment consisted of $146.6 million, or 75.3%, commercial real estate loans (including multi-family); $31.4 million, or 16.1%, one– to four-family residential real estate loans; $10.2 million, or 5.3%, commercial and industrial loans, and $6.4 million, or 3.3%, consumer and other loans. At December 31, 2015, commercial real estate and multi-family loans included construction loans of $7.8 million. We currently sell a significant majority of our originated residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Our residential mortgage loans held for sale portfolio totaled $11.4 million at December 31, 2015.
Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2015, commercial real estate loans were $146.6 million, or 75.3%, of our total gross loans held for investment. This amount includes $29.3 million of multi-family residential real estate loans which are described below. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial and retail facilities. At December 31, 2015, $43.8 million of our commercial real estate portfolio was owner occupied commercial real estate, and $102.8 million was secured by income producing, or non-owner occupied commercial real estate. We currently target new commercial real estate loan originations to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area. The average outstanding loan in our commercial real estate portfolio was $557,000 as of December 31, 2015, although we originate commercial real estate loans with balances significantly larger than this average. At December 31, 2015, our ten largest commercial real estate loans had an average balance of $3.1 million.
We focus our commercial real estate lending on properties within our primary market areas, but we will originate commercial real estate loans on properties located outside this area based on an established relationship with a strong borrower. We intend to continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio while maintaining prudent underwriting standards.
We originate a variety of fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans with terms and amortization periods generally up to 25 years, although our commercial real estate loans generally have balloon terms. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable rate loans generally adjust daily and generally are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We generally include pre-payment penalties on commercial real estate loans we originate. Commercial real estate loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated., Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, have a guideline minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.30x. For commercial real estate loans in excess of $250,000, we require independent appraisals from an approved appraisers list. For such loans below $250,000, we require formal evaluations but do not require an independent appraisal. We require commercial real estate loan borrowers with loan relationships in excess of $100,000 to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. We may request such information for smaller loans on a case-by-case basis. Commercial real estate properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures as evidence appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower. The loan and its borrowers and/or guarantors are subject to an annual loan review verifying the loan is properly risk rated based upon covenant compliance and other terms as provided for in the loan agreements. While this process does not prevent loans from becoming delinquent, it provides us with the opportunity to better identify problem loans in a timely manner and to work with the borrower.
Our three largest commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2015 were all secured by hotels and included a $3.7 million loan originated in May 2014, a $3.6 million loan originated in July 2015 and a $3.4 million loan originated in May 2014. The collateral securing these loans is all located in our primary lending areas. At December 31, 2015, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their terms. Hospitality loans including hotel loans, represented 15.1% of commercial real estate loans and 11.4% of our gross loans held for investment.
Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2015, multi-family real estate loans were $29.3 million, or 15.0%, of our total loan portfolio. We originate individual multi-family real estate loans to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market areas. Our multi-family real estate loans are
6
generally secured by properties consisting of five to 40 rental units. The average outstanding loan size in our multi-family real estate portfolio was $791,000 as of December 31, 2015. We generally do not make multi-family real estate loans outside our primary market areas.
We originate a variety of fixed and adjustable rate multi-family real estate loans with balloon and amortization terms up to 30 years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable rate loans generally adjust daily and generally are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We generally include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Multi-family real estate loan amounts generally do not exceed 65% to 70% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, have a guideline minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.30x. We require multi-family real estate loan borrowers with loan relationships in excess of $100,000 to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. We may request such information for smaller loans on a case-by-case basis. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures as evidence appropriate maintenance is being performed.
Our largest multi-family real estate loan at December 31, 2015 totaled $2.8 million, was originated in December 2014 and is secured by an 84-unit apartment building. At December 31, 2015, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make commercial and industrial loans. primarily in our market area, to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses. These loans are generally secured by business assets, and we may support this collateral with junior liens on real property. At December 31, 2015, commercial and industrial loans were $10.2 million, or 5.3% of our total loan portfolio. As part of our relationship driven focus, we encourage our commercial borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, which enhances our interest rate spread and profitability.
Commercial lending products include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either adjustable or fixed rates of interest. Adjustable rates and fixed rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin. We are focusing our efforts on experienced, growing small- to medium-sized, privately-held companies with solid historical and projected cash flow that operate in our market areas.
When making commercial and industrial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities and global cash flows of the borrower and other guarantors, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial and industrial loans are made in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. All of these loans are secured by assets of the respective borrowers.
A portion of our commercial and industrial loans are guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) through the SBA 7(a) loan program. The SBA 7(a) loan program supports, through a U.S. Government guarantee, some portion of the traditional commercial loan underwriting that might not be fully covered absent the guarantee. A typical example would be a business acquiring another business, where the value purchased is an enterprise value (as opposed to tangible assets), which results in a collateral shortfall under traditional loan underwriting requirements. In addition, SBA 7(a) loans, through term loans, can provide a good source of permanent working capital for growing companies.
Our largest commercial and industrial loan at December 31, 2015 totaled $3.4 million, was originated in May 2015 to an election printing-solutions company and is secured by a first lien on all business assets held by the company. At December 31, 2015, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
Construction and Land Development Loans. At December 31, 2015, construction and land development loans were $14.7 million, or 7.6% of our total loan portfolio, consisting of $1.7 million of consumer one- to four-family residential loans, $5.2 million of residential land or development loans, and $7.8 million of commercial and multi-family real estate loans. At December 31, 2015, none of our consumer one- to four-family residential
7
construction loans and $7.8 million of our commercial and multi-family real estate construction loans are expected to convert to permanent loans upon completion of the construction phase. The majority of the balance of these loans is secured by properties located in our primary lending area.
We primarily make construction loans for commercial development projects, including hotels, small industrial, retail, office and apartment buildings. Most of our construction loans are interest-only loans that provide for the payment of interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Construction loans generally can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% of the estimated appraised market value upon completion of the project. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser for loans in excess of $250,000. We also generally require inspections of the property before disbursements of funds during the term of the construction loan.
We also originate construction and land development loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions. While we may originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale, we consider each project carefully in light of current residential real estate market conditions. We actively monitor the number of unsold homes in our construction loan portfolio and local housing markets to attempt to maintain an appropriate balance between home sales and new loan originations. We generally will limit the maximum number of speculative units (units that are not pre-sold) approved for each builder. We have attempted to diversify the risk associated with speculative construction lending by doing business with experienced small and mid-sized builders within our market area.
Our largest construction loan at December 31, 2015 totaled $2.5 million, was originated in August 2014 and is secured by multi-family real estate located in our primary market area. At December 31, 2015, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Loans. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. At December 31, 2015, $31.4 million, or 16.1% of our loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, compared to $33.0 million, or 18.7% of total loans, at December 31, 2014.
One- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally originated with the intention of sale. By selling a large majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans originated through its mortgage banking operations for the past several years, the Company has been reducing the balance of those loans on the balance sheet and the percentage of residential real estate loans to total loans. This has helped diversify the portfolio and increase the relative share of shorter term fixed rate and adjustable rate commercial and commercial real estate loans.
Generally, one- to four-family residential real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%. We will not make loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 100% for loans secured by single family homes. Fixed rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally are originated for terms of 10 to 30 years. Generally, all fixed rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are underwritten according to Freddie Mac, FHA, VA, USDA and Correspondent Investors policies and procedures.
In an effort to provide financing for moderate income home buyers, we offer Veterans Administration (VA), Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and bond loans specific to the states where we conduct business. These programs offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans to qualified individuals. These loans are offered with fixed rates of interest and terms of up to 30 years, and are secured by one- to four-family residential properties. All of these loans are originated using agency underwriting guidelines.
We also offer adjustable rate mortgage loans for one- to four-family properties, with an interest rate based on the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury Bill Index, which adjusts annually from the outset of the loan or which adjusts annually after a three-, five-, seven-, or ten-year initial fixed rate period. We originated $2.1 million of
8
adjustable rate one-to four-family residential loans during the year ended December 31, 2015, of which $884,000 was sold in the secondary market. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans generally provide for maximum rate adjustments of 2% per adjustment, with a lifetime maximum adjustment up to 6% above the initial rate, regardless of the initial rate. Our adjustable rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years.
Regulations limit the amount that an institution may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal of the property at the time the loan is originated. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance, on properties securing real estate loans. At December 31, 2015, our largest one- to four-family residential real estate loan had a principal balance of $593,000 and was secured by a residence located in our primary market area. At December 31, 2015, this loan was not performing in accordance with its original terms and was in the process of foreclosure.
Consumer and Other Loans. We offer a limited range of consumer and other loans, principally to customers with other relationships residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our consumer and other loans generally consist of home equity loans or lines of credit, loans secured by deposit accounts, loans on new and used automobiles and unsecured personal loans. At December 31, 2015, consumer loans were $6.4 million, or 3.3% of total loans. The underwriting standards utilized for home equity lines of credit include a determination of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. The loan-to-value ratio for a home equity line of credit is generally limited to 80%. The procedures for underwriting other consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations plus payments on the proposed loan.
Loan Underwriting Risks
Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Of primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors to provide annual financial statements on commercial and multi-family real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have an aggregate debt service ratio, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, of at least 1.30x. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.
If we foreclose on a commercial real estate or multi-family loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be lengthy with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.
Construction and Land Development Loans. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations.
9
Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. Unlike residential real estate loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial and industrial loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.
Adjustable Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate loans, an increased monthly payment required of adjustable rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. In a high interest rate environment, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected as the value of the underlying collateral decreases. For our adjustable rate one- to four-family real estate loans, upward adjustment of the contractual interest rate is also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents and, therefore, the effectiveness of adjustable rate real estate loans may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates.
Consumer and Other Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential real estate loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.
Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales
Lending activities are conducted primarily by our loan personnel operating at our four full-service banking offices and three loan production centers. All loans originated by us are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. We originate both adjustable rate and fixed rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed or adjustable rate loans is dependent upon competition for such loans and the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by current and expected future levels of market interest rates.
We sell the majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate in the secondary market. The mortgage loans that we currently originate for sale include mortgage loans which conform to the underwriting standards specified by Freddie Mac, Federal Housing Administration (FHA), US Department of
10
Veteran Affairs (VA), US Department of Agriculture (USDA) and other investors. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we originated $146.9 million of one- to four-family loans and sold $143.6 million. We recognize, at the time of sale, the cash gain or loss on the sale of the loans based on the difference between the net cash proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold.
We participate out interests in commercial real estate loans to other financial institutions, primarily the 75% guaranteed portion of SBA loans and the portion of other loans exceeding our borrowing limits. At December 31, 2015, we were servicing $16.1 million of commercial real estate loans participated out to other financial institutions, including $10.2 million of SBA loans. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we participated out loan participations of $5.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which included $4.4 million and $2.4 million of SBA loans, respectively.
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority
Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by management and approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience, the type of loan and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. Loans to relationships of $1.5 million and below require approval by members of senior management. Loans to relationships greater than $1.5 million up to our internal loans-to-one borrower limitation ($4.7 million as of December 31, 2015) require approval by the Director’s Loan Committee. Loans that involve exceptions to loan policy must be authorized by senior management. Loan policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority, either an individual officer or the appropriate management or Director’s Loan Committee prior to commitment. Exceptions are reported to the Board of Directors monthly.
Loans-to-One Borrower Limit
The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by regulation, to 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus. At December 31, 2015, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $4.7 million. At that date, the largest aggregate amount loaned to one borrower was $4.4 million, consisting of two multi-family loans and a commercial loan secured by a certificate of deposit. The loans comprising this lending relationship were performing in accordance with their original repayment terms at December 31, 2015.
11
Investment Activities
Bank 34 has an Asset/Liability Committee which is responsible, among other duties, for implementing the Bank’s Investment Policy. The Investment Policy is reviewed annually and any changes to the policy are recommended to, and subject to the approval of, our board of directors. While general investment strategies are developed and authorized by the Asset/Liability Committee, the execution of specific actions rests with the Chief Financial Officer, who is Bank 34’s designated Investment Officer. In the absence of the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer will be the designated Investment Officer. The Investment Officer is responsible for ensuring that the guidelines and requirements included in the Investment Policy are followed and that all securities are considered prudent for investment. The Investment Officer is authorized to execute investment transactions (purchases and sales) without the prior approval of the Asset/Liability Committee and within the scope of the established investment policy; however, all transactions shall be reviewed and ratified by the Asset/Liability Committee and Board of Directors.
Bank 34 utilizes the services of an independent investment advisor to assist in managing the investment portfolio. The investment advisor is responsible for maintaining current information regarding securities dealers with whom they are conducting business on our behalf. A list of appropriate dealers is provided annually to the board of directors for approval and authorization prior to execution of trades. The investment advisor, through its assigned portfolio manager, must contact our designated Investment Officer to review all investment recommendations and transactions and receive approval from the designated Investment Officer prior to execution of any transaction that might be executed on our behalf. Upon receipt of approval, the investment advisor, or its assigned portfolio manager, is authorized to conduct all investment business on our behalf.
We have legal authority to invest in various types of investment securities and liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, residential mortgage-backed securities and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities, including common stock and money market mutual funds. Our equity securities generally pay dividends. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock, which investment is based on the level of our Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2015 or 2014.
Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide a use of funds when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return.
At December 31, 2015 our investment security portfolio had a fair value of $28.6 million, and consisted primarily of mortgage-backed securities, securities of U.S. Government Agencies and municipal bonds. All investment securities as of December 31, 2015 were classified as available-for-sale. Bonds secured by adjustable rate loans were 24.6% of the total portfolio.
Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other than temporary. Other than temporary impairment is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. At December 31, 2015 our investment securities had a fair value of $28.6 million and a net unrealized loss of $216,000. The decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and liquidity and not credit quality. The Bank does not have the intent to sell these securities before maturity and it is unlikely that it will be required to sell them before their anticipated recovery. Therefore the Bank does not consider the decline to be other than temporary. No other-than-temporary impairment was recognized for any periods from 2012 through December 31, 2015.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae.
12
Mortgage-backed securities are created by the pooling of mortgages and the issuance of a security with an interest rate that is less than the interest rates on the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of such securities (generally U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Putnam Bank, and guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations.
At December 31, 2015 mortgage-backed securities totaled $23.3 million, or 81.3% of total securities, of which, 31% were backed by adjustable rate mortgage loans and 69% were backed by fixed rate mortgage loans. The mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a weighted average yield of 1.55% at December 31, 2015.
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments thereby changing the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or if such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.
U.S. Government and Government-Sponsored Securities. At December 31, 2015, our U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities portfolio totaled $3.5 million, or 12.1% of total securities. While U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent appropriate, for liquidity purposes, as collateral for borrowings and prepayment protection.
Municipal Obligations. At December 31, our investment in municipal obligations totaled $1.9 million or 6.6% of total securities and 0.7% of total assets. The Bank’s investment in municipal bonds may not exceed 3% of total assets. Municipal obligations generally carry a higher interest rate than U. S. Government obligations but also carry a higher credit risk.
Deposit Activities
Our deposit accounts consist principally of certificates of deposit, savings accounts, checking accounts and money market accounts. We provide commercial checking accounts and related services, such as online cash management. We also provide low-cost checking account services.
Our deposits are generated mainly from residents and businesses within our primary deposit market area. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.
Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. Personalized customer service and long-standing relationships with customers are relied upon to attract and retain deposits.
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts offered allows us to be competitive in obtaining funds and responding to changes in consumer demand. Based on experience, we believe that our deposits are relatively stable. However, the ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.
13
At December 31, 2015, our deposits totaled $225.7 million. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $187.7 million and noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $38.0 million. Savings, money market and checking deposits totaled $113.6 million, and certificates of deposit totaled $74.1 million, of which $39.1 million had maturities of one year or less.
Subsidiary Activities
Alamogordo Financial Corp. has no subsidiaries other than Bank 34.
Personnel
At December 31, 2015, Bank 34 had 97 full-time employees and one part-time employee, none of whom was party to a collective bargaining agreement. Bank 34 believes it has a good working relationship with its employees.
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
General. Alamogordo Financial Corp. reports its income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting.
Federal Taxation. The federal income tax laws apply to Alamogordo Financial Corp. in the same manner as to other corporations. Alamogordo Financial Corp. files a consolidated federal income tax return with Bank 34. For the year ended December 31, 2015, there was consolidated federal taxable income before applying net operating loss carryforward of $1.4 million and an ending consolidated federal net operating loss carryforward of $7.6 million. The federal net operating loss may be carried over for utilization against federal taxable income in future years, subject to some limitations, for 20 years from the date of origination of the loss.
New Mexico State Taxation. AF Mutual Holding Company and Alamogordo Financial Corp. are subject to the New Mexico corporation income tax and state corporation license tax (franchise tax). The current New Mexico corporate tax rates use a graduated rate structure with 4.8% being the lowest rate on New Mexico taxable income not over $500,000, and 6.9% being the highest rate on New Mexico income in excess of $1.0 million.
Because Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are currently filing a consolidated corporate federal income tax return, the consolidated group also files a consolidated New Mexico corporate income tax return.
If a corporation is doing business outside of the State of New Mexico, an apportionment percentage is applied to the New Mexico tax. The apportionment also allows for the subtraction of non-business income from other state sources, and uses a three-factor apportionment of sales, property and payroll to determine a percentage of the New Mexico tax that is subject to tax. Because Alamogordo Financial Corp. is currently doing business in Arizona and Texas, such operations reduce the New Mexico state taxes owed.
New Mexico net operating losses generated on or after taxable years beginning January 1, 2013 may be carried forward for twenty years or until the amount of loss carryover has been used, whichever occurs first. New Mexico net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 may be carried forward five years. Also, New Mexico no longer provides for an alternative minimum tax. However, there is a $50 annual New Mexico franchise tax required for each corporation. Bank 34 is also subject to the annual $50 New Mexico franchise tax.
Arizona State Taxation. Bank 34 operates in Arizona and is subject to Arizona state income tax and accordingly files a consolidate Arizona state income tax return. The current Arizona corporate tax rate is 6% of Arizona taxable income. If there is an Arizona loss for the year, then a minimum tax of $50 is due. A taxpayer filing a combined or consolidated return is considered a single taxpayer, subject to one minimum tax.
14
Taxable income for corporations subject to Arizona income tax is similar to the computation of taxable income reported for federal income tax purposes less certain modifications with the most significant adjustment pertaining to calculation of Arizona depreciation.
If a corporation is doing business outside of the State of Arizona, an apportionment percentage is applied to the Arizona tax. The apportionment uses the average of a four-factor apportionment of sales (included twice), property and payroll to determine a percentage of the Arizona taxable income that is subject to tax. Since both Alamogordo Financial Corp. and Bank 34 are also doing business in New Mexico, such operations reduce the Arizona net operating loss or Arizona taxable income for each year.
Arizona net operating losses may only be carried over. The carry forward period is five succeeding taxable years for net operating losses arising in taxable periods through December 31, 2011 and 20 succeeding taxable years for net operating losses arising in taxable periods from and after December 31, 2011.
Texas State Taxation. In 2015, Bank 34 opened a loan production office in El Paso, Texas. Due to the physical presence in the state, AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp., and Bank 34 must file a combined franchise tax return. The current Texas corporate franchise tax rate is .75% of Texas revenue. If a corporation qualifies for the EZ franchise tax report, then the franchise tax rate is .331%.
Taxable income for corporations subject to Texas franchise tax is based upon the gross margin of gross revenue less certain modifications. If a corporation is doing business outside of the State of Texas, an apportionment percentage is applied to Texas revenue. The apportionment uses a single sales factor to determine a percentage of the Texas revenue that is subject to tax. Since Texas taxes corporations based upon revenue, no net operating losses are generated.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General. As a federal savings association, Bank 34 is subject to examination and regulation by the OCC, and is also subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which Bank 34 may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund.
Bank 34 also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Federal Reserve Board, which governs the reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. In addition, Bank 34 is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Bank 34’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a lesser extent, state law, including in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Bank 34’s loan documents.
As savings and loan holding companies, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company are subject to examination and supervision by, and is required to file certain reports with, the Federal Reserve Board. Alamogordo Financial Corp. is also subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are applicable to Bank 34 and Alamogordo Financial Corp. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Bank 34, Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on Alamogordo Financial Corp., AF Mutual Holding Company, Bank 34 and their operations.
15
Federal Banking Regulation
Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, Bank 34 may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Bank 34 may also establish subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for Bank 34, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.
Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require federally insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. These capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.
In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have made such an election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration, not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.
In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
At December 31, 2015, Bank 34’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.
Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2015, Bank 34 was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, Bank 34 must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Bank 34 must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings association’s business.
16
Bank 34 also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. This test generally requires a savings association to have at least 75% of its deposits held by the public and earn at least 25% of its income from loans and U.S. government obligations. Alternatively, a savings association can satisfy this test by maintaining at least 60% of its assets in cash, real estate loans and U.S. Government or state obligations.
A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners’ Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At December 31, 2015, Bank 34 satisfied the QTL test.
Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings association’s capital account. A federal savings association must file an application with the OCC for approval of a capital distribution if:
· | the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings association’s net income for that year to date plus the savings association’s retained net income for the preceding two years; |
· | the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution; |
· | the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or |
· | the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings, generally due to an unsatisfactory CAMELS rating or being subject to a cease and desist order or formal written agreement that requires action to improve the institution’s financial condition. |
Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as Bank 34, must still file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
A notice or application related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:
· | the federal savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution; |
· | the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or |
· | the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement. |
In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings association also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the OCC is required to assess the federal savings association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those
17
statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the OCC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.
The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the FDIC to publicly disclose their rating. Bank 34 received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.
Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings association’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. will be an affiliate of Bank 34 because of its control of Bank 34. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.
Bank 34’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:
· | be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and |
· | not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Bank 34’s capital. |
In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Bank 34’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.
Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the OCC may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If such action is not taken, the FDIC has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an
18
acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.
Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.
At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the Federal Reserve Board to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.
At December 31, 2015, Bank 34 met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as Bank 34. Deposit accounts in Bank 34 are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.
19
Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Institutions deemed to be less risky pay lower rates while institutions deemed riskier pay higher rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2 1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.
The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC, which has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.60 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Bank 34. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
Privacy Regulations. Federal regulations generally require that Bank 34 disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, Bank 34 is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. Bank 34 currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.
USA Patriot Act. Bank 34 is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents, and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings associations are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. Bank 34 is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, Bank 34 is required to acquire and hold a specified number of shares of
20
capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2015, Bank 34 was in compliance with this requirement.
Other Regulations
Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Bank 34 are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Bank 34’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
· | Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves; |
· | Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit; |
· | Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and |
· | rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws. |
The operations of Bank 34 also are subject to the:
· | Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; |
· | Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and |
· | Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check. |
Holding Company Regulation
General . Alamogordo Financial Corp. and AF Mutual Holding Company are savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, each is registered with the Federal Reserve Board and subject to regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to savings and loan holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over Alamogordo Financial Corp., AF Mutual Holding Company and their non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.
Permissible Activities. The business activities of savings and loan holding companies are generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, provided certain conditions are met, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to regulatory approval, and certain additional activities authorized by federal regulations.
21
Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior regulatory approval. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. A savings and loan holding company may not acquire a savings institution in another state and hold the target institution as a separate subsidiary unless it is a supervisory acquisition or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state companies.
The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
Capital. Savings and loan holding companies historically have not been subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish for all depository institution holding companies minimum consolidated capital requirements that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. However, legislation was enacted in December 2014 that required the Federal Reserve Board to amend its “Small Bank Holding Company” exemption from consolidated holding company capital requirements to generally extend the applicability to bank and savings and loan holding companies of up to $1 billion in assets. Regulations implementing this amendment were effective May 15, 2015. Consequently, savings and loan holding companies of under $1 billion in consolidated assets remain exempt from consolidated regulatory capital requirements, unless the Federal Reserve determines otherwise in particular cases.
Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations requiring that all bank and savings and loan holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.
Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to dividends in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate or earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary depository institution becomes undercapitalized. The guidance also states that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of Alamogordo Financial Corp. to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.
The level of any dividends that may be paid by Alamogordo Financial Corp. will also be affected by the ability of AF Mutual Holding Company, Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s majority stockholder, to waive the receipt of dividends.
Acquisitions. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a savings and loan holding company. Under certain circumstances, a change of control may occur, and prior notice is required, upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock, unless the Federal Reserve Board has found that the acquisition will not result in control of the company. A change in control occurs upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock. Under the Change in Bank
22
Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition.
Federal Securities Laws
Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Alamogordo Financial Corp. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Emerging Growth Company Status
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” Alamogordo Financial Corp. qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.
An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold shareholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, Alamogordo Financial Corp. will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Alamogordo Financial Corp. has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.
A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).
23
ITEM 1A. | Risk Factors |
Not applicable, as Alamogordo Financial Corp. is a “Smaller Reporting Company.”
ITEM 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments |
None.
ITEM 2. | Properties |
Bank 34 conducts its business through four full-service and three loan production offices. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our offices at December 31, 2015.
Net | ||||||||||||
Year | Owned or | Book Value at | ||||||||||
Opened/Acquired | Leased | December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Main Office: | ||||||||||||
500 East 10th Street | 1997 | Owned | $ | 4,318 | ||||||||
Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310 | ||||||||||||
Branch Office: | ||||||||||||
220 North Telshor Boulevard | 2010 | Owned | $ | 2,474 | ||||||||
Las Cruces, New Mexico 88011 | ||||||||||||
Branch Office: | ||||||||||||
14155 N. 83rd Avenue | 2014 | Leased | $ | 167 | ||||||||
Suite 117 | ||||||||||||
Peoria, Arizona 85381 | ||||||||||||
Branch Office: | ||||||||||||
14850 N Scottsdale Road | 2015 | Leased | $ | - | ||||||||
Suite 100 | ||||||||||||
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254 | ||||||||||||
Scottsdale, AZ Loan Production Office: | ||||||||||||
4835 E. Cactus Road | 2015 | Leased | $ | - | ||||||||
Suite 150 | ||||||||||||
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254 | ||||||||||||
El Paso, TX Loan Production Office: | ||||||||||||
6350 Escondido Drive | 2015 | Leased | $ | - | ||||||||
Suite A15 | ||||||||||||
El Paso, Texas 79912 | ||||||||||||
Albuquerque, NM Loan Production Office: | ||||||||||||
6565 Americas Parkway North East | 2015 | Leased | $ | - | ||||||||
Suite 204 | ||||||||||||
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87110 |
The net book value of our investment in premises and equipment was $9.8 million at December 31, 2015.
24
ITEM 3. | Legal Proceedings |
Periodically, we are involved in claims and lawsuits, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business. We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures |
Not applicable
ITEM 5. | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
Our common stock is listed on the OTCQB under the symbol “ALMG.” As of March 22, 2016, we had 607 stockholders of record (excluding the number of persons or entities holding stock in street name through various brokerage firms), and 1,679,500 shares of common stock outstanding. The following table sets forth market price information for our common stock. We did not declare a dividend for any of the periods listed.
Quarter Ended | High | Low | ||||||
December 31, 2015 | $ | 18.00 | $ | 16.02 | ||||
September 30, 2015 | $ | 20.00 | $ | 16.75 | ||||
June 30, 2015 | $ | 20.38 | $ | 14.75 | ||||
March 31, 2015 | $ | 16.10 | $ | 14.80 | ||||
December 31, 2014 | $ | 16.50 | $ | 14.90 | ||||
September 30, 2014 | $ | 16.00 | $ | 15.51 | ||||
June 30, 2014 | $ | 15.75 | $ | 15.17 | ||||
March 31, 2014 | $ | 15.75 | $ | 15.30 |
The declaration of dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and will be determined after consideration of various factors, including earnings, cash requirements, our financial condition, applicable federal law and government regulations, the ability of AF Mutual Holding Company to waive the receipt of dividends and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. No assurance can be given that dividends will be declared or, if declared, what the amount of dividends will be, or whether such dividends, once declared, will continue.
There were no sales of unregistered securities or repurchases of shares of common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2015.
25
ITEM 6. | Selected Financial Data |
You should read the following summary financial information in connection with our historical financial information, which appears elsewhere in this annual report. The selected historical financial data at December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this report. The information at June 30, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended June 30, 2012 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this report. The information for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 is unaudited.
At December 31, | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Financial Condition: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 270,984 | $ | 246,954 | $ | 167,785 | $ | 174,310 | $ | 184,766 | $ | 183,744 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 19,825 | 14,824 | 9,946 | 4,216 | 4,549 | 2,378 | ||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 28,631 | 29,018 | 38,959 | 55,340 | 41,271 | 21,245 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net | 192,137 | 173,990 | 90,998 | 89,390 | 111,266 | 135,435 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | 11,381 | 9,429 | 10,279 | 6,295 | 6,885 | 2,781 | ||||||||||||||||||
Deposits | 225,700 | 201,939 | 134,673 | 135,517 | 143,421 | 136,363 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances | 13,000 | 12,500 | 8,810 | 13,327 | 15,502 | 18,093 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 29,644 | 29,336 | 22,184 | 23,597 | 24,676 | 28,168 |
Years Ended | Six Months Ended | Years Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, |
December 31, | June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousand, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Operating Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income | $ | 12,224 | $ | 8,367 | $ | 4,894 | $ | 3,467 | $ | 6,940 | $ | 7,503 | $ | 8,524 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 1,434 | 1,394 | 767 | 736 | 1,363 | 1,831 | 2,194 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | 10,790 | 6,973 | 4,127 | 2,731 | 5,577 | 5,672 | 6,330 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision (credit) for loan losses | 694 | 50 | 50 | - | - | (121 | ) | 2,939 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses | 10,096 | 6,923 | 4,077 | 2,731 | 5,577 | 5,793 | 3,390 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest income (1) | 4,903 | 6,243 | 4,473 | 1,314 | 3,083 | 3,596 | 1,039 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense (2) | 14,658 | 12,766 | 7,528 | 4,656 | 9,895 | 9,486 | 7,797 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes | 341 | 399 | 1,023 | (611 | ) | (1,235 | ) | (97 | ) | (3,367 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Income taxes | 20 | 74 | 74 | - | - | 36 | 26 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 321 | $ | 326 | $ | 949 | $ | (611 | ) | $ | (1,235 | ) | $ | (133 | ) | $ | (3,393 | ) | ||||||||||
Income (loss) per share - basic | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.61 | $ | (0.47 | ) | $ | (0.95 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | $ | (2.57 | ) | ||||||||||
Income (loss) per share - diluted | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.61 | $ | (0.47 | ) | $ | (0.95 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | $ | (2.57 | ) |
(1) | Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 includes a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million in connection with the acquisition of Bank 1440. |
(2) | Non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 includes merger-related expenses of $100,000, $1.4 million, $801,000, $344,000, $920,000, $234,000, and $0, respectively. |
26
At or For the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Years Ended | Six Months Ended | Years Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, (5) | June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Ratios: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets) | 0.12 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.84 | % | (0.71 | )% | (0.73 | )% | (0.07 | )% | (1.84 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Return on average equity (ratio of net income (loss) to average stockholders' equity) | 1.08 | % | 1.29 | % | 6.77 | % | (5.36 | )% | (5.46 | )% | (0.55 | )% | (12.84 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Net i nterest rate spread (1) | 4.36 | % | 3.77 | % | 3.84 | % | 3.39 | % | 3.52 | % | 3.34 | % | 3.65 | % | ||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (2) | 4.47 | % | 3.89 | % | 3.96 | % | 3.52 | % | 3.66 | % | 3.50 | % | 3.82 | % | ||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense to average assets | 5.64 | % | 6.51 | % | 6.68 | % | 5.39 | % | 5.84 | % | 5.29 | % | 4.24 | % | ||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratio | - | % | - | % | - | % | - | % | - | % | - | % | (4.23 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio (3) | 93.41 | % | 96.60 | % | 87.53 | % | 115.10 | % | 114.26 | % | 102.34 | % | 105.81 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities | 118.80 | % | 116.20 | % | 116.27 | % | 113.73 | % | 114.88 | % | 114.50 | % | 112.88 | % | ||||||||||||||
Capital Ratios: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only) | 16.93 | % | 17.09 | % | 17.09 | % | 24.66 | % | 23.89 | % | 25.77 | % | 22.06 | % | ||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only) | 15.91 | % | 16.13 | % | 16.13 | % | 23.41 | % | 22.64 | % | 24.51 | % | 20.80 | % | ||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to average assets (Bank only) | 11.06 | % | 11.68 | % | 11.68 | % | 13.89 | % | 13.36 | % | 13.63 | % | 12.93 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average stockholders' equity to average total assets | 11.46 | % | 12.88 | % | 12.44 | % | 13.20 | % | 13.34 | % | 13.41 | % | 14.36 | % | ||||||||||||||
Asset Quality Ratios: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans less acquired loans (4) | 1.28 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.85 | % | 1.77 | % | 2.00 | % | 2.02 | % | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (4) | 102.71 | % | 209.50 | % | 209.50 | % | 288.83 | % | 371.33 | % | 242.23 | % | 63.93 | % | ||||||||||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans | (0.25 | )% | (0.06 | )% | 0.02 | % | (0.19 | )% | (0.18 | )% | (0.45 | )% | (2.34 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans to total gross loans | 0.95 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.64 | % | 0.48 | % | 0.82 | % | 3.15 | % | ||||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets and accruing troubled debt restructurings to total assets | 0.79 | % | 0.86 | % | 0.86 | % | 1.43 | % | 1.05 | % | 1.52 | % | 3.46 | % | ||||||||||||||
Other Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of full service offices | 4 | 4 | 4 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Full time equivalent employees | 98 | 75 | 75 | 60 | 65 | 66 | 59 |
(1) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. |
(2) | Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. |
(3) | Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. |
(4) | There is no allowance for loan losses on loans acquired in the acquisition of Bank 1440. |
(5) | Ratios for six-month periods have been annualized. |
27
ITEM 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and as of and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this annual report. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the financial statements provided in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.
Merger
The Company completed its acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million. In the merger, the Company received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. The transaction resulted in an increase in stockholders’ equity of $8.7 million, including $5.8 million due to the fair value of shares issued and the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
Further information regarding the merger transaction can be found in Note 2 of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.
Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assumptions by management and that have, or could have, a material impact on our income or the carrying value of our assets. Our critical accounting policies are those related to our allowance for loan losses, the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment of securities, the valuation of and our ability to realize deferred tax assets and the measurement of fair values of financial instruments.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance necessary to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires an estimate of the losses for each risk rating and for each impaired loan, an estimate of the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, and an estimate of the value of collateral.
We have established a systematic method of periodically reviewing the credit quality of the loan portfolio in order to establish an allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is based on our current judgments about the credit quality of individual loans and segments of the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on our evaluation of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, and considers all known internal and external factors that affect loan collectability as of the reporting date. Our evaluation, which includes a review of loans on which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers among other matters, the estimated net realizable value or the fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, our knowledge of inherent losses in the portfolio that are probable and reasonably estimable and other factors that warrant recognition in providing an appropriate loan loss allowance. Management believes this is a critical accounting policy because this evaluation involves a high degree of complexity and requires us to make subjective judgments that often require assumptions or estimates about various matters.
The allowance for loan losses consists primarily of specific allocations and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans that are determined to be impaired. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral, including adjustments for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting and payment history. We also analyze delinquency
28
trends, general economic conditions, trends in historical loss experience and geographic and industry concentrations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allowance. The principal assumption used in calculating the allowance for loan losses is the estimate of loss for each risk rating. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment . Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether or not we intend to sell or expect that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment security prior to an anticipated recovery in fair value. Once a decline in value for a debt security is determined to be other than temporary, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated in (a) the amount of total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in operations. The amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive loss.
Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets. At December 31, 2015, we established a valuation allowance of $4.1 million for deferred tax assets based on our assessment of net deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers all positive and negative information, including our past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, management utilizes a budget process that makes business assumptions and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. We also utilize a monthly forecasting tool to incorporate activity throughout the calendar year. These assumptions require us to make judgments about our future taxable income that are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage our business. The net deferred tax asset is offset by an equal valuation allowance. Any change in estimated future taxable income may result in a reduction of the valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset which would result in income tax benefit in the period.
Fair Value Measurements . Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. A three-level of fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:
· | Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agency debt that is highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets. |
· | Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
· | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. |
The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
29
Average Balance Sheet
The following tables set forth average balances, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income.
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding | Yield/ | Outstanding | Yield/ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Interest | Rate | Balance | Interest | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 198,999 | $ | 11,644 | 5.87 | % | $ | 126,679 | $ | 7,492 | 5.91 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits | 8,010 | 19 | 0.24 | % | 8,043 | 17 | 0.21 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Securities | 32,635 | 506 | 1.55 | % | 43,398 | 843 | 1.94 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock | 1,114 | 42 | 3.81 | % | 628 | 12 | 1.93 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 506 | 13 | 2.55 | % | 421 | 3 | 0.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 241,264 | 12,224 | 5.07 | % | 179,169 | 8,367 | 4.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets | 18,691 | 16,831 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 259,955 | $ | 196,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking, money market and savings accounts | $ | 104,798 | $ | 719 | 0.69 | % | $ | 68,176 | $ | 372 | 0.55 | % | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 78,091 | 653 | 0.84 | % | 74,139 | 686 | 0.92 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | 182,889 | 1,372 | 0.75 | % | 142,315 | 1,058 | 0.74 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLB of Dallas | 20,196 | 62 | 0.31 | % | 11,878 | 336 | 2.83 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 203,085 | 1,434 | 0.71 | % | 154,193 | 1,394 | 0.90 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing deposits | 24,570 | 14,488 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing liabilities | 2,503 | 2,072 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 230,158 | 170,753 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 29,797 | 25,247 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 259,955 | $ | 196,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 10,790 | $ | 6,973 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (1) | 4.36 | % | 3.77 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest-earning assets (2) | $ | 38,179 | $ | 20,954 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (3) | 4.47 | % | 3.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities | 118.80 | % | 116.20 | % |
(1) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities. |
(2) | Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities. |
(3) | Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets. |
30
Six Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding | Yield/ | Outstanding | Yield/ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Interest | Rate (1) | Balance | Interest | Rate (1) | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 149,954 | $ | 4,429 | 5.86 | % | $ | 93,871 | $ | 2,985 | 6.31 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits | 9,134 | 10 | 0.21 | % | 5,902 | 6 | 0.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Securities | 46,356 | 445 | 1.90 | % | 53,192 | 475 | 1.77 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock | 678 | 10 | 2.95 | % | 696 | 1 | 0.29 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 634 | - | 0.00 | % | 219 | - | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 206,756 | 4,894 | 4.70 | % | 153,880 | 3,467 | 4.47 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets | 18,662 | 19,008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 225,418 | $ | 172,888 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking, money market and savings accounts | $ | 83,832 | $ | 256 | 0.61 | % | $ | 51,294 | $ | 121 | 0.47 | % | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 79,844 | 350 | 0.87 | % | 70,987 | 387 | 1.08 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | 163,676 | 606 | 0.73 | % | 122,281 | 508 | 0.82 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLB of Dallas | 14,147 | 161 | 2.26 | % | 13,018 | 228 | 3.47 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 177,823 | 767 | 0.86 | % | 135,299 | 736 | 1.08 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing deposits | 17,134 | 12,937 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing liabilities | 2,425 | 1,838 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 197,382 | 150,074 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 28,036 | 22,814 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 225,418 | $ | 172,888 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 4,127 | $ | 2,731 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (2) | 3.84 | % | 3.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest-earning assets (3) | $ | 28,933 | $ | 18,581 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (4) | 3.96 | % | 3.52 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities | 116.27 | % | 113.73 | % |
(1) | Ratios for the six month periods have been annualized. |
(2) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities. |
(3) | Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities. |
(4) | Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets. |
31
Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding | Yield/ | Outstanding | Yield/ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Interest | Rate | Balance | Interest | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 98,407 | $ | 6,049 | 6.15 | % | $ | 109,054 | $ | 6,819 | 6.25 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits | 6,414 | 12 | 0.19 | % | 3,563 | 15 | 0.42 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Securities | 46,844 | 873 | 1.86 | % | 48,307 | 663 | 1.37 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock | 637 | 3 | 0.47 | % | 732 | 3 | 0.38 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 212 | 3 | 1.42 | % | 212 | 3 | 1.43 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 152,514 | 6,940 | 4.55 | % | 161,868 | 7,503 | 4.64 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets | 17,005 | 17,597 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 169,519 | $ | 179,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking, money market and savings accounts | $ | 51,773 | $ | 237 | 0.46 | % | $ | 49,151 | $ | 277 | 0.56 | % | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 69,674 | 722 | 1.04 | % | 77,805 | 973 | 1.25 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | 121,447 | 959 | 0.79 | % | 126,956 | 1,250 | 0.98 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLB of Dallas | 11,309 | 404 | 3.57 | % | 14,415 | 581 | 4.03 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 132,756 | 1,363 | 1.03 | % | 141,371 | 1,831 | 1.30 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing deposits | 12,372 | 12,514 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing liabilities | 1,777 | 1,517 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 146,905 | 155,402 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 22,614 | 24,063 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 169,519 | $ | 179,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 5,577 | $ | 5,672 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (1) | 3.52 | % | 3.34 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest-earning assets (2) | $ | 19,758 | $ | 20,497 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (3) | 3.66 | % | 3.50 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities | 114.88 | % | 114.50 | % |
(1) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities. |
(2) | Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities. |
(3) | Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets. |
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following tables presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
32
Year Ended December 31, 2015 vs. 2014 | ||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) | Total | |||||||||||
Due to | Increase | |||||||||||
Volume | Rate | (Decrease) | ||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 4,208 | $ | (56 | ) | $ | 4,152 | |||||
Interest-earning deposits | (0 | ) | 2 | 2 | ||||||||
Securities | (209 | ) | (128 | ) | (337 | ) | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock | 9 | 21 | 30 | |||||||||
Other | 1 | 9 | 10 | |||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 4,009 | (152 | ) | 3,857 | ||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Checking, money-market and savings accounts | 200 | 147 | 347 | |||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 37 | (70 | ) | (33 | ) | |||||||
Total deposits | 237 | 77 | 314 | |||||||||
Advances from FHLB of Dallas | 235 | (509 | ) | (274 | ) | |||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 472 | (432 | ) | 40 | ||||||||
Change in net interest income | $ | 3,537 | $ | 280 | $ | 3,817 |
Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 vs. 2013 | Years Ended June 30, 2014 vs. 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) | Total | Increase (Decrease) | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Due to | Increase | Due to | Increase | |||||||||||||||||||||
Volume | Rate | (Decrease) | Volume | Rate | (Decrease) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 1,639 | $ | (195 | ) | $ | 1,444 | $ | (656 | ) | $ | (114 | ) | $ | (770 | ) | ||||||||
Interest-earning deposits | 5 | - | 5 | (10 | ) | 7 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Securities | (73 | ) | 42 | (31 | ) | (19 | ) | 229 | 210 | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock | - | 9 | 9 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Other | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 1,571 | (144 | ) | 1,427 | (685 | ) | 122 | (563 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking, money-market and savings accounts | 92 | 43 | 135 | 16 | (56 | ) | (40 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 65 | (102 | ) | (37 | ) | (95 | ) | (156 | ) | (251 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total deposits | 157 | (59 | ) | 98 | (79 | ) | (212 | ) | (291 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLB of Dallas | 22 | (89 | ) | (67 | ) | (116 | ) | (61 | ) | (177 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 179 | (148 | ) | 31 | (195 | ) | (273 | ) | (468 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Change in net interest income | $ | 1,392 | $ | 4 | $ | 1,396 | $ | (490 | ) | $ | 395 | $ | (95 | ) |
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
Cash and cash equivalents increased $5.0 million to $19.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $14.8 million at December 31, 2014. The increase is primarily the result of an increase in noninterest bearing deposits in late December 2015.
Loans held for investment increased $18.3 million, or 10.4%, to $194.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $175.7 million at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $16.7 million, or 12.9%, increase in commercial real estate loans. Most of the growth was in our Arizona market.
Loans held for sale increased $2.0 million to $11.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $9.4 million at the end of the prior year. We currently sell a significant majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate in the secondary market. The balances at any month end vary based upon the timing and volume of current loan originations and sales.
33
Available for sale securities decreased $0.4 million to $28.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $29.0 million at December 31, 2014. In January of 2015 the Bank grew it securities portfolio $7.5 million by purchasing $9.8 million of securities and selling $2.3 million of securities. During the remainder of 2015 the Bank did not initiate any purchase or sale activities and allowed its portfolio to decrease by using the monthly pay downs on securities to fund loan growth which improves our earning asset mix and net interest margin. The January activities were part of a repositioning of the portfolio that began in December 2014 and was designed to reduce the risk in the portfolio. We sold corporate bonds acquired in the merger, smaller positions and longer duration securities in favor of larger balance, shorter duration mortgage backed issues.
The core deposit intangible recorded in connection with the merger of Bank 1440, decreased $102,000 to $363,000 at December 31, 2015 from $465,000 at December 31, 2014 reflecting normal amortization.
Total deposits increased $23.8 million, or 11.8%, to $225.7 million at December 31, 2015 from $201.9 million at December 31, 2014. The increase includes a $20.0 million, or 111.2% increase in non-interest bearing demand deposits and a $13.0 million, or 13.0% increase in savings and money market deposits, partially offset by a $9.3 million, or 11.1% decrease in time deposits. The Company has been growing noninterest bearing demand and saving and money market balances while allowing non-core certificates of deposit to run off at maturity to improve the deposit mix and reduce the cost of funds. Most of the growth in noninterest bearing demand deposits was the result of efforts to encourage new commercial loan customers to move their business operating accounts to us.
Borrowings, consisting solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increased $500,000 to $13.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $12.5 million at December 31, 2014. We utilized short-term borrowings during the course of the year to fund the origination of loans held for sale and some portfolio loans, but reduced such borrowings at the end of the year.
Total stockholders’ equity increased $307,000, or 1.0%, to $29.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $29.3 million at December 31, 2014. The growth was primarily due to net income for the year of $321,000.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2015 and the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014
General. The acquisition of Bank 1440 was consummated on August 29, 2014 and the material increase in assets from Bank 1440 makes direct comparisons between the two periods less meaningful. On September 24, 2015 the Company also announced the expansion of its mortgage banking program in Scottsdale, Arizona and Albuquerque, New Mexico adding 22 full-time equivalent employees and entering into leases for additional space in Scottsdale, Arizona and Albuquerque, New Mexico. Operating results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2015 were negatively affected as the start-up period operating costs exceeded revenue generated by this new operation.
The Company had net income of $321,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $326,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. In August 2014, a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million was recorded in connection with the acquisition. We incurred $100,000 out-of-pocket merger-related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.4 million of such expenses in the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. Other than the bargain purchase gain and merger-related expenses, the Company had $420,000 of net income in year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a net loss of $1.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.
34
Interest Income. Interest income increased $3.9 million, or 46.1%, to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $8.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to a $62.1 million, or 34.7%, increase in average interest-earning assets and an improvement in asset mix as loans, our highest yielding assets, increased to 82.5% of average interest-earning assets from 70.7% of average interest-earning assets. The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 40 basis points to 5.07% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 4.67% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 due mostly to the improvement in asset mix. Interest and fees on loans increased $4.1 million, or 55.4%, to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $7.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by a $337,000, or 40.0%, decrease in interest income on available-for-sale securities. Interest income on loans increased due primarily to a $72.3 million, or 57.1%, increase in average loan balances, due to both the merger and organic growth. The average balance of securities decreased $10.8 million, or 24.8%, to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $43.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, and the average yield decreased from 1.94% in 2014 to 1.55% in 2015. The securities yield for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively affected by a lower interest rate environment and accelerated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities purchased at premiums, accelerating premium amortization expense in the year.
Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $40,000, or 2.9%, and was $1.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The increase was the result of an increase in interest expense on deposits, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on borrowings.
Interest paid on checking, money market and savings accounts increased $347,000, or 93%, to $719,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $372,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The average rate we paid on such deposit accounts increased 14 basis points to 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.55% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and the average balance increased $36.6 million, or 53.7%, to $104.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $68.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The average rates we pay on these accounts is considerably higher in the Arizona market we entered with the Bank 1440 acquisition in August 2014 and were in for all of 2015.
Interest on borrowings decreased $274,000 to $62,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $336,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, despite a 70.0% increase in average balances due to the replacement of longer-term, higher rate borrowings with shorter term, lower rate borrowings in December 2014. We prepaid $6.4 million of long-term FHLB advances in December 2014 with average interest rates of 4.00%, and incurred prepayment penalties of $532,000. There were no prepayment penalties in 2015. As a result, the average rate paid on borrowings decreased 252 basis points to 0.31% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 2.83% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. In 2015, we funded the origination of loans held for sale and some portfolio loan growth with low cost, short-term borrowings as our average FHLB advances increased $8.3 million, or 70.0%, to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $11.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. Our year end December 31, 2015 loans held for sale balance and borrowing balances were approximately equal.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $3.8 million, or 54.7%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $7.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, as a result of a higher balance of net interest-earning assets and a higher net interest rate spread. Our average net interest-earning assets increased by $62.1 million, or 34.7%, to $241.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $179.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 due primarily to the merger. Our net interest rate spread improved by 59 basis points to 4.36% for the year ended
35
December 31, 2015 from 3.77% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, as we carried 82.5% of our average interest-earning assets in loans, our highest yielding assets, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 70.7 % in loans for 2014. This repositioning of our asset portfolio was achieved through the merger in August 2014, organic loan growth and sales of securities in December 2014 and early 2015, which were not completely replaced during reinvestment. Our cost of borrowings decreased to 0.71% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.90% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 due to the prepayment of longer-term, higher rate FHLB advances in December 2014 and the continued low interest rate environment.
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including but not limited to, charge-off history over a relevant period, changes in management or underwriting policies, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower and results of internal and external loan reviews. See “Asset Quality- Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information.
After an evaluation of these factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $694,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $50,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The provision for loan losses in the year ended December 31, 2015 was recorded due to growth in the loan portfolio of $18.3 million, or 10.4%, a $354,000 partial write-off of two loans in the fourth quarter of 2015, and the increased percentage of commercial loans in the portfolio, which generally carry a higher risk than residential real estate loans.
To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate. However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about the recoverability of our loan balances based upon information available to it at the time of its examination.
Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $1.3 million, or 21.5%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $6.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 due primarily to the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain from the merger recorded in the September 2014 quarter.
Gain on sale of loans increased $1.8 million or 60.5%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 as the Company has continued to expand its secondary mortgage loan operation. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold $143.6 million of mortgage loans for a gain of $4.4 million and $5.1 million of SBA loans for a gain of $500,000, compared to $93.7 million of mortgage loan sales and $1.6 million of SBA loan sales during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 for gains of $2.8 million and $168,000, respectively. We realized a 3.0% average premium (gain on sale/sold loans) on the sales of mortgage loans for the year of 2015 and to 3.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic markets and market interest rates, specifically 10-year Treasury rates.
36
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million, or 14.8%, to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $12.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 due primarily to higher salaries and benefits, occupancy, data processing fees, professional fees and other noninterest expense, partially offset by lower merger-related expenses. The increases in expenses resulted primarily from the acquisition of Bank 1440 as average assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 32.6% larger than 2014.
Merger-related expenses for year ended December 31, 2015 were $100,000, compared to $1.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. Legal, consulting and data processing costs were the largest elements of merger-related expense. Merger-related costs were being incurred over a year before the August 29, 2014 acquisition of Bank 1440. The Company operated on two core operating systems and numerous other redundant ancillary systems from the August 29, 2014 merger date until late March 2015 when all the prior systems were converted. The systems conversions have resulted in enhanced operating efficiencies. The majority of merger-related expenses, totaling $801,000, were expensed in the six months ended December 31, 2014. Material duplicative costs and exit fees from the old systems were expensed and classified as merger-related in our statement of comprehensive income as soon as those expense amounts were reasonably estimable and probable. The Company does not expect to incur any merger-related expenses related to the Bank 1440 transaction in the future.
Provision for Income Taxes. The Company had pre-tax income of $341,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $399,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. A provision for income tax expense of $20,000 and $74,000 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, respectively. The provision for 2015 was the result of the alternative minimum tax. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, it was determined that income tax receivables were overstated by $74,000 and that amount was written off as tax expense. The Company has net operating loss carry-forwards from prior periods which offset income for both periods so no other income tax expense or income tax benefits were recorded.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
General. Since the merger was consummated on August 29, 2014, income for the six months ended December 31, 2014 includes two months without and four months with the operating results of Bank 1440. The merger increased assets $84.5 million, representing a 50.4% increase over June 30, 2014’s total assets. This material increase in assets from Bank 1440 and the timing of the merger within the six months period ended of December 31, 2014 will make direct comparisons between the two periods less meaningful.
We generated net income of $949,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to a net loss of $611,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013, which represented a favorable change of $1.56 million. Larger items representing net favorable variances of $1.59 million included:
· | A $2.9 million bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of Bank 1440 recorded in August 2014. |
· | Penalties of $532,000 were incurred in December 2014 on the prepayments of $6.4 million in long-term FHLB advances with average interest rates of 4.0% initiated to reduce the Bank’s go-forward cost of funds. |
· | Out-of-pocket merger-related expenses increased $457,000 to $801,000 in the six month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to $344,000 in last six months of calendar 2013. |
37
· | Available-for-sale securities losses on sales increased $325,000 to $357,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to the portfolio restructuring, compared to $32,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2013. |
Interest Income. Interest income increased $1.4 million, or 41.2%, to $4.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $3.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Most of the increase was due to interest and fees on loans which increased $1.4 million, or 48.4%, to $4.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $3.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by a $30,000 or 6.3% decrease in available-for-sale securities interest. The loan interest income increase was primarily due to 59.7% increase in average loan balances, due to the merger, and organic growth, partially offset by a 45 basis point decrease in loan yields to 5.86% from 6.31% as market rates continued to decline. The average interest rates on loans acquired in the merger were somewhat higher than those already in our portfolio, but amortization of the purchase accounting yield adjustment offset some of that benefit. The average balance of securities decreased 12.8% to $46.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to $53.2 million in 2013 but the average yield increased 13 basis points. The average interest rates on securities acquired in the merger were higher than those already in our portfolio, but this was partially offset by the shortening of the duration and the sales of corporate securities in the December 2014 portfolio restructuring.
Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $31,000, or 4.2%, to $767,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $736,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to an increase of $98,000 or 19.4% in interest expense on deposits, partially offset by a $67,000, or 29.5% decrease in borrowing costs.
Average balances of interest bearing deposits increased by $41.4 million or 33.9%, while the average cost of those deposits decreased nine basis points, to 0.73% from 0.82%, or 11.0% due to efforts to let higher rate certificates of deposit roll off to improve deposit mix. Interest paid on certificates of deposit decreased $37,000, or 9.6%, to $350,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $387,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit decreased 21 basis points to 0.87% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 1.08% for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and the average balance increased $8.9 million, or 12.5%, to $79.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $71.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.
The average cost of borrowings decreased 121 basis points to 2.26% and was partially offset by a $1.1 million, or 8.7%, increase in average balances. We reduced borrowings gradually from $13.9 million on September 30, 2013 to $8.8 million on August 31, 2014, and then borrowed $7.5 million in low-rate, short-term FHLB advances in September 2014 due to loan demand and the cash requirements of the merger. No borrowings were assumed in the merger. Borrowings peaked at $19.0 million in October and November and were reduced in December 2014 when $6.4 million in long term FHLB advances with rates averaging 4.0% were prepaid as part of the balance sheet restructuring. Prepayment penalties of $532,000 were incurred as a result of these prepayments.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $1.4 million or 51.1%, to $4.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to $2.7 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to higher average interest-earning assets as a result of the merger, and the impact of a 45 basis point increase in our interest rate spread to 3.84% from 3.39%.
Provision for Loan Losses . We made a $50,000 provision for loan losses for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and no provision for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The provision
38
in the six months ended December 31, 2014 was due to loan portfolio growth. No provision was considered necessary in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to loan portfolio shrinkage.
To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate. However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about the recoverability of our loan balances based upon information available to it at the time of its examination.
Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $3.2 million, or 240.3%, to $4.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The bargain purchase gain from the merger in 2014 accounted for $2.9 million of the increase. In addition, gain on sale of loans increased $518,000, or 46.0%, to $1.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $1.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. We sold $48.9 million of mortgage loans and $1.6 million of SBA loans during the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to sales of $45.7 million of mortgage loans and no sales of SBA loans during the six months ended December 31, 2013. We realized a more attractive average premium (gain on sale/sold loans) on mortgage loan sales for 2014. The premium increased to 3.3% of mortgage loans sold for the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic markets and market interest rates, specifically 10-year Treasury rates. Available-for-sale securities losses on sales increased $325,000 to $357,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to $32,000 in the six months ended December 31, 2013 due to the 2014 portfolio restructuring.
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $2.9 million, or 61.7%, to $7.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $4.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013. Salaries and benefits were $3.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $1.2 million over the six months ended December 31, 2013, due primarily to the additional expense related to the Bank 1440 personnel for the four months ended December 31, 2014, higher commissions on loans originated for sale due to larger volumes and severance and related expenses in 2014. Penalties incurred on the prepayment of FHLB advances to benefit future funding costs were $532,000 in December 2014, compared to $0 in the six months ended December 31, 2013. Out-of-pocket merger-related expenses (including legal fees) related to our merger with Bank 1440 during the six months ended December 31, 2014 were $801,000, an increase of $457,000 over the $344,000 incurred in the six months ended December 31, 2013. Other noninterest expense in the six months ended December 31, 2014 was $791,000, an increase of $326,000 over the six months ended December 31, 2013, due primarily to increases in loan related expenses and the additional expenses from Bank 1440 operations beginning in September 2014.
Income Tax Expense. In the six months ended December 31, 2014, it was determined income tax receivables were overstated by $74,000 and that amount was written off as tax expense. Due to past and recent pre-tax losses incurred, and the inability to project future taxable income, no other income tax expense or income tax benefits were recorded in the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
39
Comparison of Operating Results for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013
Summary. We experienced a net loss of $1.2 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to a net loss of $133,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The change was due to a $513,000 decrease in noninterest income, a $409,000 increase in noninterest expense, a $95,000 decrease in net interest income and a $121,000 credit to the provision for loan losses in fiscal 2013, compared to none in fiscal 2014. Each of these changes is discussed in more detail below.
Interest Income. Interest income decreased $563,000, or 7.5%, to $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $7.5 million for 2013. The decrease was caused by a decrease in interest and fees on loans, which decreased $771,000, or 11.3%, to $6.0 million for fiscal 2014 from $6.8 million for 2013, partially offset by an increase in interest income on securities of $210,000, or 31.8%, to $873,000 for 2014 from $663,000 for 2013.
The decrease in interest and fees on loans was due primarily to a decrease in average balances, which decreased $10.6 million, or 9.8%, to $98.4 million for 2014 from $109.0 million for 2013. Despite a $1.6 million increase in loans held for investment in the year ended June 30, 2014, the average balance decreased compared to the year ended June 30, 2013 due to declining balances throughout 2013. The ending balance at June 30, 2013 was $21.9 million, or 19.7%, below June 30, 2012 due to an acute focus on improving asset quality and a cautious attitude on pricing and underwriting risk which resulted in our losing some existing commercial and industrial loan clients to our competition. Our average loan yield decreased 10 basis points to 6.15% for 2014 from 6.25% for 2013 due primarily to a decrease in market rates on new loans and principal payments on older, higher yielding loans.
Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $468,000, or 25.5%, to $1.4 million for 2014 from $1.8 million for 2013. The decrease was caused primarily by a decrease in interest expense on deposits, which decreased $291,000, or 23.2%, to $959,000 for 2014 from $1.2 million for 2013. Interest expense on certificates of deposit decreased $251,000, or 25.8%, to $722,000 for 2014 from $973,000 for 2013. Our average rate on certificates of deposit decreased 21 basis points to 1.04% for 2014 from 1.25% for 2013 and the average balance decreased $8.1 million, or 10.5%, to $69.7 million for 2014 from $77.8 million for 2013.
Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $177,000, or 30.5%, to $404,000 for 2014 from $581,000 for 2013. The average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $3.1 million, or 21.5%, to $11.3 million for 2014 from $14.4 million for 2013. In addition, the average rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased 46 basis points to 3.57% for 2014 from 4.03% for 2013. In 2014, we were able to decrease average Federal Home Loan Bank advances as our securities portfolio balances declined.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income decreased $95,000, or 1.7%, to $5.6 million for 2014 from $5.7 million for 2013 due primarily to the decreases in average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by the increase in the net interest margin.
Provision for Loan Losses . We made no provision for loan losses for 2014, compared to a credit to the provision for loan losses of $121,000 in 2013. The credit to the provision in 2013 was due to both reduced loan portfolio balances and improving credit quality, including reductions in nonaccrual loans, impaired loans and total aggregate loans classified as special mention and substandard. In 2014, credit quality continued to improve and no increase in the allowance for loan losses was considered necessary as the reduction in the experience loss ratio offset the 1.6% increase in loans held for investment for the 2014 fiscal year. Net charge- offs to average loans were 0.18% for 2014, compared to 0.45% for 2013.
We had an allowance for loan losses of $1.6 million, or 1.77% of total loans held for investment and 371.33% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2014, compared to an allowance for loan losses of $1.8 million, or 2.00% of total loans held for investment and 242.23% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2013.
Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $513,000, or 14.3%, to $3.1 million for 2014 from $3.6 million for 2013. Gain on sale of mortgage loans decreased $624,000, or 20.0%, to $2.5 million for 2014 from $3.1 million for 2013. We sold $91.1 million of mortgage loans during 2014, a decrease of 8.7%, compared to $99.7 million of sales during 2013. We realized a more attractive average premium for the 2013 period. Average
40
premiums decreased to 2.7% of mortgage loans sold for 2014 compared to 3.0% for 2013. Premiums vary from period to period based upon the mix of government FHA and VA loans to conventional loans, geographic market differences and market interest rates, specifically changes in 10-year Treasury rates.
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $409,000, or 4.3%, to $9.9 million for 2014 from $9.5 million for 2013 due primarily to a $686,000 increase in merger-related expenses (including legal fees) related to our merger with Bank 1440.
Salaries and benefits decreased $294,000 to $5.3 million for 2014 due primarily to reductions in retirement benefits and other employee benefits and incentive pay, partially offset by a 4% increase in base pay. Data processing fees increased $207,000 due primarily to higher core data processing fees and the completion of some special programming projects including the implementation of a secure web portal.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $0 for fiscal 2014, compared to $36,000 in 2013. No income tax expense was recorded in 2014 due to the pre-tax net loss of $1.2 million and no income tax benefit was recorded since the ability to receive a future tax benefit utilizing those losses was uncertain.
Loans Held for Investment
We originate residential real estate loans, including multi-family residential real estate loans, as well as commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer and other loans. The following table sets forth the composition of our loans held for investment by type of loan at the dates indicated.
At December 31, | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate (1) | $ | 146,644 | 75.3 | % | $ | 129,949 | 73.7 | % | $ | 55,103 | 59.3 | % | $ | 48,081 | 52.6 | % | $ | 62,666 | 55.0 | % | $ | 76,325 | 55.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 31,412 | 16.1 | 32,959 | 18.7 | 34,015 | 36.6 | 38,432 | 42.1 | 45,154 | 39.6 | 53,294 | 38.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 10,235 | 5.3 | 8,594 | 4.9 | 2,787 | 3.0 | 3,346 | 3.7 | 5,622 | 4.9 | 7,868 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other | 6,429 | 3.3 | 4,816 | 2.7 | 1,007 | 1.1 | 1,487 | 1.6 | 510 | 0.5 | 805 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total gross loans | 194,720 | 100.0 | % | 176,318 | 100.0 | % | 92,912 | 100.0 | % | 91,346 | 100.0 | % | 113,952 | 100.0 | % | 138,292 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unamortized loan fees | (689 | ) | (621 | ) | (269 | ) | (132 | ) | (249 | ) | (289 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | (1,894 | ) | (1,707 | ) | (1,645 | ) | (1,824 | ) | (2,437 | ) | (2,568 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net | $ | 192,137 | $ | 173,990 | $ | 90,998 | $ | 89,390 | $ | 111,266 | $ | 135,435 |
(1) | Includes multi-family real estate loans. |
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of our loans held for investment at December 31, 2015. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The table presents contractual maturities and does not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.
41
One- to four-family | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | residential real estate | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Due during the years ending December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 | $ | 11,829,725 | 5.49 | % | $ | 1,002,676 | 6.17 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2017 to 2020 | 81,788,467 | 5.22 | % | 4,774,309 | 5.35 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2021 and beyond | 53,025,806 | 5.22 | % | 25,635,452 | 5.64 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
$ | 146,643,998 | 5.24 | % | $ | 31,412,437 | 5.61 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | Consumer and other | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
Due during the years ending December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 | $ | 3,414,729 | 5.92 | % | $ | 1,776,689 | 6.05 | % | $ | 18,023,819 | 5.66 | % | ||||||||||||
2017 to 2020 | 6,416,113 | 5.46 | % | 4,603,143 | 4.68 | % | 97,582,032 | 5.22 | % | |||||||||||||||
2021 and beyond | 404,650 | 5.57 | % | 48,933 | 7.54 | % | 79,114,841 | 5.36 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10,235,492 | 5.62 | % | $ | 6,428,765 | 5.08 | % | $ | 194,720,692 | 5.32 | % |
The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2015 that are contractually due after December 31, 2016.
Due after December 31, 2016 | ||||||||||||
Fixed | Adjustable | Total | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 60,772,968 | $ | 74,041,305 | $ | 134,814,273 | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 29,416,157 | 993,604 | 30,409,761 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 2,583,519 | 4,237,244 | 6,820,763 | |||||||||
Consumer and other | 175,422 | 4,476,654 | 4,652,076 | |||||||||
$ | 92,948,066 | $ | 83,748,807 | $ | 176,696,873 |
Asset Quality
We review loans on a regular basis, and place loans on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier if we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed from interest income. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status.
42
Nonperforming Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding our nonperforming assets.
At December 31, | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nonaccrual loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | $ | 1,490 | $ | 181 | $ | 99 | $ | 120 | $ | 701 | $ | 450 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | - | 617 | 327 | 633 | 3,111 | 6,347 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial loans | 354 | 17 | 17 | - | - | 180 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total nonaccrual loans | 1,844 | 815 | 443 | 753 | 3,812 | 6,977 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 1,844 | 815 | 443 | 753 | 3,812 | 6,977 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other real estate (ORE) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | - | - | 17 | 297 | 24 | 330 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | 306 | 820 | 820 | 1,095 | 2,031 | 2,554 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total other real estate | 306 | 820 | 837 | 1,392 | 2,055 | 2,884 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other nonperforming assets | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming assets | $ | 2,150 | $ | 1,635 | $ | 1,280 | $ | 2,145 | $ | 5,867 | $ | 9,861 | ||||||||||||
Ratios: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans to gross loans held for investment | 0.95 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.48 | % | 0.82 | % | 3.35 | % | 5.05 | % | ||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets to total assets | 0.79 | % | 0.66 | % | 0.76 | % | 1.23 | % | 3.18 | % | 5.37 | % | ||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment and ORE | 1.10 | % | 0.92 | % | 1.37 | % | 2.31 | % | 5.06 | % | 6.98 | % |
Due to the increase in nonaccrual loans, the nonperforming asset ratios increased from December 2014 to December 2015.
Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015, had nonaccruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $95,000. Interest income that would have been recorded for the 12 months ended December 31, 2014, had nonaccruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $70,000. We recognized no interest income on these loans for the year ended December 31, 2015 or the 12 months ended December 31, 2014. Of such amounts, $0 was related to troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $46,000 for the 12 months ended December 31, 2014.
In addition to nonperforming assets, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 we had $0, $483,000, $489,000 and $505,000 of accruing troubled debt restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or for loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates. The troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 consisted of three commercial real estate loans and one commercial and industrial loan. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 there were no specific allowances related to these loans, and at each date we had no commitments to lend additional amounts to the customers.
43
Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and amount at the dates indicated.
30 to 59 | 60 to 89 | 90 Days | ||||||||||
Days | Days | or more | ||||||||||
Past Due | Past Due | Past Due | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
At December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 315 | 173 | 788 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | 315 | $ | 173 | $ | 788 | |||||||
At December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | 894 | $ | - | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 945 | 150 | 113 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | 945 | $ | 1,044 | $ | 113 | |||||||
At June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 162 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | - | 43 | - | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | 162 | $ | 43 | $ | - | |||||||
At June 30, 2013 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 137 | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | - | 45 | 65 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | - | $ | 45 | $ | 202 | |||||||
At June 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 153 | $ | - | $ | 3,111 | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 339 | 142 | 701 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | 492 | $ | 142 | $ | 3,812 | |||||||
At June 30, 2011 | ||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 6,347 | ||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 68 | 25 | 450 | |||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | 180 | |||||||||
Consummer and other | - | - | - | |||||||||
$ | 68 | $ | 25 | $ | 6,977 |
44
Classified Assets . Federal regulations require loans and other assets of lesser quality be classified as “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that we will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. We designate an asset as “special mention” if the asset has a potential weakness that warrants management’s close attention.
The following table sets forth our amounts of classified assets and assets designated as special mention as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014. The classified assets total at December 31, 2015 includes $1.8 million of nonperforming loans.
At December 31, | At June 30, | |||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Classified assets: | ||||||||||||
Substandard loans | $ | 4,052 | $ | 3,021 | $ | 2,437 | ||||||
Substandard ORE | 306 | 820 | 837 | |||||||||
Substandard assets | 4,358 | 3,841 | 3,274 | |||||||||
Doubtful | 354 | - | - | |||||||||
Loss | - | - | - | |||||||||
Total classified assets | $ | 4,712 | $ | 3,841 | $ | 3,274 | ||||||
Special mention | $ | 2,105 | $ | 657 | $ | 854 |
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by full and partial charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the current level of net loan losses, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses (ALLL) for the periods indicated.
45
Years Ended | Six Months Ended | Years Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, (1) | June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period | $ | 1,707 | $ | 1,733 | $ | 1,645 | $ | 1,824 | $ | 1,824 | $ | 2,437 | ||||||||||||
Provision for (credit to) loan losses | 694 | 50 | 50 | - | - | (121 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate loans | (339 | ) | (101 | ) | (14 | ) | - | (86 | ) | (111 | ) | |||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans | - | - | - | (76 | ) | (76 | ) | (383 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial loans | (354 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other loans | - | (33 | ) | (1 | ) | (16 | ) | (48 | ) | (187 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total charge-offs | (693 | ) | (134 | ) | (15 | ) | (92 | ) | (210 | ) | (681 | ) | ||||||||||||
Recoveries: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate loans | 3 | 26 | 26 | - | - | 46 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans | 183 | 30 | - | - | 30 | 66 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other loans | - | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 77 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total recoveries | 186 | 58 | 27 | 1 | 31 | 189 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries | (507 | ) | (76 | ) | 12 | (91 | ) | (179 | ) | (492 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance at end of period | $ | 1,894 | $ | 1,707 | $ | 1,707 | $ | 1,733 | $ | 1,645 | $ | 1,824 | ||||||||||||
ALLL to nonperforming loans | 102.71 | % | 209.50 | % | 209.50 | % | 288.83 | % | 371.33 | % | 242.23 | % | ||||||||||||
ALLL to total gross loans | 0.97 | % | 0.97 | % | 0.97 | % | 1.85 | % | 1.77 | % | 2.00 | % | ||||||||||||
ALLL to total gross loans less acquired loans | 1.28 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.85 | % | 1.77 | % | 2.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period | (0.25 | )% | (0.06 | )% | 0.02 | % | (0.19 | )% | (0.18 | )% | (0.45 | )% |
(1) | Ratios for the six month periods have been annualized. |
The ratio of our allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans decreased during the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 due to an increase in nonperforming loans. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total gross loans decreased in 2014 as a result of charge-offs recognized and the absence of any allowance for loan losses on loans acquired.
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans held for investment at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
46
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
|||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate loans | $ | 656 | 16.13 | % | $ | 388 | 18.69 | % | ||||||||
Commercial real estate loans | 1,136 | 75.31 | 1,125 | 73.70 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial loans | 64 | 5.26 | 178 | 4.88 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other loans | 38 | 3.30 | 16 | 2.73 | ||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance | $ | 1,894 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,707 | 100.00 | % |
At June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance
for Loan Losses |
Percent
of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate loans | $ | 375 | 36.61 | % | $ | 196 | 42.07 | % | $ | 262 | 39.63 | % | $ | 196 | 38.54 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans | 1,126 | 59.31 | 1,568 | 52.64 | 2,006 | 54.99 | 1,436 | 55.19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial loans | 129 | 3.00 | 55 | 3.66 | 55 | 4.93 | 925 | 5.69 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other loans | 15 | 1.08 | 5 | 1.63 | 114 | 0.45 | 11 | 0.58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance | $ | 1,645 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,824 | 100.00 | % | $ | 2,437 | 100.00 | % | $ | 2,568 | 100.00 | % |
Investments
Our investment policy is established by our Board of Directors. The policy emphasizes safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy.
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
At December 31, | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities (1) | $ | 23,450 | $ | 23,271 | $ | 21,797 | $ | 21,728 | $ | 30,094 | $ | 29,819 | $ | 45,497 | $ | 45,306 | ||||||||||||||||
Agency securities | 3,498 | 3,459 | 4,926 | 4,856 | 9,106 | 8,831 | 10,385 | 10,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Municipal obligations | 1,899 | 1,901 | 2,443 | 2,434 | 309 | 309 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 28,847 | $ | 28,631 | $ | 29,166 | $ | 29,018 | $ | 39,509 | $ | 38,959 | $ | 55,882 | $ | 55,340 |
(1) | Includes Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae |
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.
47
Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2015, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities, as the effect thereof was not material.
One Year or Less |
More than One Year
Through Five Years |
More than Five Years
Through Ten Years |
More Than Ten Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Weighted
Average Yield |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities (1) | $ | - | - | % | $ | 21,256 | 1.56 | % | $ | 2,194 | 1.44 | % | $ | - | - | % | $ | 23,450 | $ | 23,271 | 1.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Agency securities | - | - | % | 1,977 | 2.27 | % | 1,521 | 2.24 | % | - | - | % | 3,498 | 3,459 | 2.26 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Municipal obligations | - | - | % | 1,899 | 2.53 | % | - | - | % | - | - | % | 1,899 | 1,901 | 2.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | - | - | % | $ | 25,132 | 1.69 | % | $ | 3,715 | 1.77 | % | $ | - | - | % | $ | 28,847 | $ | 28,631 | 1.70 | % |
(1) Includes Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae
Sources of Funds
General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas advances to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities, for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds. Funds are derived from scheduled loan payments, securities maturities, loan prepayments, loan sales, and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.
Deposits. The following tables set forth the distribution of average total deposits by account type, for the periods indicated.
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit Type: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing | $ | 24,570 | 11.84 | % | - | % | $ | 14,488 | 9.24 | % | - | % | ||||||||||||
Checking | 30,080 | 14.50 | 0.50 | % | 18,131 | 11.56 | 0.35 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money market | 63,298 | 30.51 | 0.84 | % | 19,893 | 12.69 | 0.82 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Savings | 11,420 | 5.51 | 0.34 | % | 30,152 | 19.23 | 0.49 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 78,091 | 37.64 | 0.84 | % | 74,139 | 47.28 | 0.92 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | $ | 207,459 | 100.00 | % | 0.63 | % | $ | 156,803 | 100.00 | % | 0.64 | % |
48
For the Six Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit Type: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing | $ | 17,134 | 9.48 | % | - | % | $ | 12,937 | 9.57 | % | - | % | ||||||||||||
Checking | 23,335 | 12.91 | 0.44 | % | 12,727 | 9.41 | 0.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money market | 30,040 | 16.61 | 0.87 | % | 9,155 | 6.77 | 0.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Savings | 30,457 | 16.84 | 0.48 | % | 29,412 | 21.75 | 0.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 79,844 | 44.16 | 0.87 | % | 70,987 | 52.50 | 1.08 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | $ | 180,810 | 100.00 | % | 0.66 | % | $ | 135,218 | 100.00 | % | 0.75 | % |
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit Type: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing | $ | 12,372 | 9.24 | % | - | % | $ | 12,514 | 8.97 | % | - | % | ||||||||||||
Checking | 12,783 | 9.55 | 0.20 | % | 12,038 | 8.63 | 0.22 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money market | 9,365 | 7.00 | 0.65 | % | 9,919 | 7.11 | 0.68 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Savings | 29,625 | 22.14 | 0.51 | % | 27,194 | 19.50 | 0.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 69,674 | 52.07 | 1.04 | % | 77,805 | 55.79 | 1.25 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | $ | 133,819 | 100.00 | % | 0.72 | % | $ | 139,470 | 100.00 | % | 0.90 | % |
As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000 was $13.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2015:
At
December 31,
2015 |
||||
(In thousands) | ||||
Three months or less | $ | 1,013 | ||
Over three through six months | 3,710 | |||
Over six through twelve months | 5,252 | |||
Over twelve months | 3,619 | |||
Total | $ | 13,594 |
Borrowings. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, our borrowings consisted solely of Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas advances. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.
49
At or For the Years Ended | At or For the Six Months Ended | At or For the Years Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average amount outstanding during the period | $ | 20,196 | $ | 11,878 | $ | 14,147 | $ | 13,018 | $ | 11,309 | $ | 14,415 | ||||||||||||
Highest amount outstanding at any month end during the period | $ | 30,000 | $ | 18,960 | $ | 18,960 | $ | 13,281 | $ | 13,281 | $ | 15,452 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average interest rate during the period | 0.31 | % | 2.83 | % | 2.26 | % | 3.47 | % | 3.57 | % | 4.03 | % | ||||||||||||
Balance outstanding at end of period | $ | 13,000 | $ | 12,500 | $ | 12,500 | $ | 11,973 | $ | 8,810 | $ | 13,327 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average interest rate at end of period | 0.41 | % | 0.22 | % | 0.22 | % | 2.84 | % | 3.39 | % | 3.11 | % |
Management of Market Risk
General . The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and reduce the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee, which is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors. Senior management monitors the level of interest rate risk on a regular basis and the Asset/Liability Management Committee reviews our asset/liability policies and position and the implementation of interest rate risk strategies.
We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. We have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:
· | offering a variety of adjustable rate loan products; |
· | using alternate funding sources, such as advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas; |
· | maintaining pricing strategies that encourage “core” deposits; and |
· | selling longer-term, fixed rate loans into the secondary market. |
By following these strategies, we believe that we are better positioned to react to increases in market interest rates.
Economic Value of Equity . We monitor interest rate risk through the use of a simulation model that estimates the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our economic value of equity or “EVE”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. The quarterly reports developed in the simulation model assist us in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk to ensure compliance within the our policy guidelines.
The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2015, the estimated changes in our EVE that would result from the designated instantaneous changes in market interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.
50
(1) | Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities. |
(2) | EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. |
(1) | Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities. |
(2) | EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. |
The tables above indicate that at December 31, 2015, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 10.84% decrease in EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at December 31, 2015, we would experience a 9.36% increase in EVE. At December 31, 2014, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 7.22% increase in EVE. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates at December 31, 2014, we would have experienced a 9.28% decrease in EVE.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in EVE require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE table presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the EVE table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on EVE and will differ from actual results.
51
EVE calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, deposits and borrowings.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits with other banks and short- and intermediate-term securities.
We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2015
Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2015, cash and cash equivalents totaled $19.8 million. In late December 2015 noninterest bearing commercial deposits increased $10.0 million unexpectedly and we carried excess liquidity into 2016. Available-for-sale securities, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $28.6 million at December 31, 2015. In addition, at December 31, 2015, we had $13.0 million of advances outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and the ability to borrow an additional $101.9 million.
At December 31, 2015, we had $18.7 million in loan commitments outstanding, of which $6.9 million is for construction loans, and an additional $15.7 million in commitments to originate and sell loans held for sale. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $4.6 million in unused lines of credit.
Time deposits due within one year of December 31, 2015 totaled $39.1 million, or 52.8% of total time deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2015. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us, either as certificates of deposit or as other deposit products. We expect that we will be able to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than set forth above. In the event loan demand were to increase at a pace greater than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, we would access our borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas.
During the year ended December 31, 2015 net cash provided by operating activities was $5.1 million representing net income adjusted for non-cash and investing items. The largest outgoing cash flow was $145.6 million in funding of loans held for sale and the largest cash inflow was the $153.6 million in proceeds from sales of loans held for sale.
Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities. In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we originated $201.4 million and $146.6 million of loans, respectively, and purchased $9.7 million and $5.8 million of securities, respectively. We have not purchased any whole loans in recent periods.
Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. We experienced a net increase in total deposits of $23.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to bringing in noninterest bearing deposits from new commercial loan customers. Deposit flows are
52
affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors. We generally manage the pricing of our deposits so that we are competitive in our market area.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $500,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015.
Bank 34 is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2015, Bank 34 exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Bank 34 is categorized as “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.
The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including funding loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, which will increase our net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, as well as other factors associated with the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowings and deposits and agreements with respect to securities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For recent accounting pronouncements see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Alamogordo Financial Corp. have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). U.S. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
ITEM 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
For information regarding market risk, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.
53
ITEM 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
The financial statements, the report thereon and the notes thereto commence at page 56 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
54
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on such assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based upon those criteria.
Because the Company is a smaller reporting company, it is not required to receive, and has not received, a report with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting from an independent registered public accounting firm.
/s/ Jill Gutierrez | /s/ Jan R. Thiry | ||
Jill Gutierrez | Jan R. Thiry | ||
Chief Executive Officer | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer |
55
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Alamogordo Financial Corp.
Alamogordo, New Mexico
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014, and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alamogordo Financial Corp. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Briggs & Veselka Co.
Briggs & Veselka Co.
Houston, Texas
March 28, 2016
56
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
57
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
58
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
59
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES
Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company that owns 100% of Bank 34 (the “Bank”). On June 30, 2008, the Bank changed its name from Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association to Bank 34. Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the “Parent”) was incorporated on April 30, 1997 and is a majority-owned subsidiary of AF Mutual Holding Company. As of December 31, 2015, AF Mutual Holding Company owned 54.7% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.
Effective December 31, 2014 all three companies changed their fiscal year ends to December 31 from June 30.
The Company completed its acquisition of Bank 1440 on August 29, 2014. Merger consideration was $9.6 million, including $3.8 million in cash and 360,635 shares of Alamogordo Financial Corp. common stock valued at $5.8 million. In the merger, the Company received assets valued at $88.3 million and assumed liabilities of $75.8 million. The transaction resulted in an increase in stockholders’ equity of $8.7 million, including $5.8 million due to the fair value of shares issued and the $2.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
The Bank provides a variety of banking services to individuals and businesses through its full-service branches in Alamogordo and Las Cruces, New Mexico and Scottsdale and Peoria, Arizona. The Bank opened a loan production office in El Paso, Texas in the first quarter of 2015.
A large portion of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are secured by real estate in Otero and Dona Ana Counties. The economy for these counties is heavily dependent on two U.S. Government military installations located in those counties. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the Bank’s New Mexico loans are susceptible to changes in U.S. Government military operations in southern New Mexico.
The primary deposit products are demand deposits, certificates of deposit, NOW, savings and money market accounts. The primary lending products are real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions, regulation by certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by regulatory authorities.
Rising and falling interest rate environments can have various impacts on the Bank’s net interest income, depending on the short-term interest rate gap that the Bank maintains. The Bank’s net interest income is also affected by prepayments of loans and early withdrawals of deposits.
Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
Basis of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Alamogordo Financial Corp. and the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Reclassifications – Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods financial information to conform to the current period presentation.
Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
61
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for loan losses, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance, valuation of other real estate and core deposit intangibles.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, the Company considers all highly-liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. In monitoring credit risk associated with deposits in other banks, the Bank periodically evaluates the stability of the correspondent financial institutions.
Securities – The Company reviews its financial position, liquidity, and future plans in evaluating the criteria for classifying securities. Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, debentures, mortgage-backed securities, municipal obligations and certain equity securities not classified as trading securities or as held-to-maturity securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities are reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The related write-downs are included in earnings as realized losses. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the expected life of the security.
Loans Held for Investment, Net – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances reduced by any charge-offs or specific allowances and net of any deferred fees or costs. Loans are considered past due or delinquent based on the contractual terms in the loan agreement and how recently repayments have been received. Interest income is recognized based upon principal amounts outstanding. The accrual of interest is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due or when, in the opinion of management, there is doubt about the ability of the borrower to pay interest or principal, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Interest previously accrued but uncollected on such loans is reversed and charged against current income. Subsequent interest collected on such loans is credited to loan principal if, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is doubtful; otherwise, the interest collected is recognized as income and resumption of interest accruals may occur. Loans are charged-off as uncollectible when, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is improbable. Personal loans are typically charged off when no later than 180 days past due.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio; credit concentrations; trends in historical loss experience; and specific impaired loans and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the current level of net loan losses, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.
Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.
Loans Held for Sale – Loans held for sale includes one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and periodically, a portion of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans the Company intends to sell. They are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of mortgage loans are recognized
62
upon sale and are determined by the difference between the sales proceeds and carrying value of the loans. These loans are generally sold within 7 to 14 days of origination. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to operations. The December 31, 2015 and 2014 loans held for sale portfolio totaled $11.4 million and $9.4 million, respectively, all of which were one- to four-family residential real estate loans.
Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Other Real Estate (ORE) – ORE consists of properties acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. These properties are carried at fair market value based on appraisal value less estimated sales costs. Loan losses arising from the acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses; any subsequent valuation adjustments are charged to expense, and the basis of the properties is reduced accordingly. These properties are not held for the production of income and, therefore, are not depreciated. Significant improvements expected to increase the resale value are capitalized and added to the value of the property.
Premises and Equipment – Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to seven years for equipment and fifteen to forty years for leasehold improvements and buildings. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful lives of premises and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.
Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) – The Bank holds BOLI representing life insurance on the lives of certain executives of the Bank purchased in order to help offset the costs of the Bank’s benefit expenses. BOLI is carried on our consolidated balance sheets at the net cash surrender value of the policies and increases in the net cash surrender value are recorded in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as bank owned life insurance income.
Core deposit intangible (CDI) – Core deposit intangible represents a premium paid to acquire core deposits representing the net present value of core deposits acquired over their book value on the acquisition date. The core deposit intangible is amortized using the double declining balance method over the 9-year estimated useful lives of the core deposits. Core deposit intangibles are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may be larger than the value of the future undiscounted cash flows.
Income Taxes – Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the income tax provision. The Company has no uncertain tax provisions.
Fair Value Measurements – Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:
· | Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agency debt that is highly-liquid and is actively traded in over-the-counter markets. |
· | Level 2 – Inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or |
63
liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
· | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. |
The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk – In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The credit risk associated with these instruments is evaluated using the same methodology as for loans held for investment.
Advertising Cost – The Company conducts direct and non-direct response advertising. These costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the year ended December 31, 2015 , the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $220,000, $130,000, $60,000, $193,000 and $179,000, respectively.
Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and net unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes when applicable.
Stock-Based Compensation – The Company has a Stock Option Plan and a Recognition and Retention Plan which each award shares of the Company’s stock to directors and key employees.
The Company separates each award into vesting tranches and recognizes expense on the fair value of the option for each tranche over the vesting period. The fair value of options granted are estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free rate of return, and the expected life of the options.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no options granted.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) – The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet committed to be released, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. For ESOP shares committed to be released, the Bank recognizes compensation expense equal to the average fair value of the shares committed to be released during the period in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718-40-30, “Compensation-Stock Compensation-Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” To the extent that the fair value of the ESOP shares differs from the cost of such shares, the difference is charged or credited to stockholders’ equity as additional paid-in capital. The Bank makes contributions equal to the ESOP's debt service, less dividends on unallocated and allocated (if any) shares used to repay the loan. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are charged to retained earnings.
Business Combinations – The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). The Company recognizes the full estimated fair value of the assets received and liabilities assumed, immediately expenses transaction costs and accounts for restructuring plans separately from the business combination. There is no recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on our consolidated balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the estimated fair value of the loans recorded at the effective date of the business combination. The excess of the cost of the merger over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Alternatively, a bargain purchase gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the estimated fair value of assets received exceeds the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid. Results of operations of the
64
acquired business are included in our statement of comprehensive income (loss) from the effective date of the business combination.
Subsequent Events – Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date of the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.
Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements :
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure - In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-04, "Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." The objective of this guidance is to clarify when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU No. 2014-04 states that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-04 requires interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. ASU No. 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
Debt Issuance Costs - In April 2015, Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03). This update requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt and would be applied using a retrospective approach. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 31, 2015, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Business Combinations - In September 2015, the FASB issued ASC 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement for an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recorded in a business combination to reflect new information about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and that, if known, would have affected measurement or recognition of amounts initially recognized. As an alternative, the amendment requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the financial statements of the period in which adjustments to provisional amounts are determined, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The new standard is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Leases - In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard requires entities that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied by the modified retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
65
NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION
On August 29, 2014 (“acquisition date”), the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Bank 1440, a state-chartered commercial bank headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona with approximately $88.3 million in assets at fair value and two branches. Bank 1440 shareholders received $0.94 in cash and 0.17064 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of Bank 1440 common stock and Series A preferred stock, resulting in the Company issuing 360,635 shares of its common stock, subject to adjustment for cash paid in lieu of fractional shares. The acquisition resulted from a combination of expected synergies and the intent to expand business operations in Phoenix, Arizona.
The Bank 1440 transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Per the applicable accounting guidance for business combinations, these fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information relative to closing date fair values become available. No subsequent fair value refinements were made related to the Bank 1440 transaction.
A bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million was recognized in noninterest income, which is calculated as the excess of net identifiable assets acquired at $12.5 million over consideration transferred of $9.6 million. No tax benefit or expense was recognized on the fair market value adjustments since the Company and Bank 1440 both have 100% valuation allowances against their net deferred tax assets and neither has been imputing tax benefits or expense on current income due to past years net operating losses. The following tables provide the purchase price calculation as of the acquisition date and the identifiable assets purchased and the liabilities assumed at their estimated fair value. These fair value measurements are based on third-party valuations that are subject to refinement for up to one year after the acquisition date based on additional information obtained by management that existed as of the acquisition date.
August 29, | ||||
2014 | ||||
Purchase Price | ||||
Gross AFC Shares Issued on Exchange | 360,635 | |||
Closing price per share of the Company's Common Stock | $ | 16.00 | ||
Stock Consideration (0.17064 ratio) | $ | 5,770,160 | ||
Option and Warrant consideration | $ | 1,298,629 | ||
20% Cash and Cash in Lieu | 2,105,785 | |||
Dissenters Payments | 400,000 | |||
Cash Consideration | $ | 3,804,414 | ||
Total purchase price | $ | 9,574,574 |
66
Statement of Net Assets Acquired at Fair Value:
ASSETS | ||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 2,208,730 | ||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 17,365,877 | |||||||
Loans held for investment, net | 67,383,915 | |||||||
Premises and equipment, net | 326,428 | |||||||
Core deposit intangible | 502,000 | |||||||
Accrued interest receivable and other assets | 482,354 | |||||||
Total assets | $ | 88,269,304 | $ | 88,269,304 | ||||
LIABILITIES | ||||||||
Deposits | $ | 75,504,917 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances | - | |||||||
Accrued interest and other liabilities | 290,966 | |||||||
Total liabilities | $ | 75,795,883 | (75,795,883 | ) | ||||
Net identifiable assets acquired | $ | 12,473,421 | ||||||
Total purchase price | $ | (9,574,574 | ) | |||||
Bargain purchase gain | $ | 2,898,847 |
Bank 1440’s results of operations prior to the Acquisition Date are not included in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The operating results of the Company include the operating results of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities subsequent to the Acquisition Date. The operations of Bank 1440 provided approximately $1.3 million in interest income on loans and approximately $215,000 in interest income on securities for the period from the Acquisition Date to December 31, 2014, ignoring purchase accounting fair value adjustment amortization.
Merger-related charges of $100,000 and $1.4 million were recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and include incremental costs to integrate the operations of the Company and Bank 1440. Such expenses were for professional services including legal fees, costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services including the write off of tenant improvements as a result of planned relocation of the Phoenix office, travel costs, printing, supplies and other costs. Core operating systems were converted in March 2015. The integration of Bank 1440 into the Company is complete.
The following table provides the unaudited pro forma information for the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 as if the acquisition had occurred January 1 of each year. These adjustments include the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments including accretion of loan discounts, core deposit intangible amortization, fixed asset depreciation and deposit premium amortization as well as a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million in August 2014. In addition, the merger expenses previously discussed are included in each period presented. The Company expected to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts. These unaudited pro-forma results are presented for illustrative purposes and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the actual results of operations of the combined corporation that would have been achieved had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of each period presented, nor are they intended to represent or be indicative of future results of operations.
67
Pro-Forma Results of Operations
Twelve-month | ||||||||
Year ended | period ended | |||||||
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
Total revenue, net of interest expense | $ | 15,693 | $ | 15,747 | ||||
Net income | $ | 321 | $ | 1,102 |
In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of those determinations relates to the valuation of acquired loans. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and other factors, such as prepayments. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of Bank 1440’s previously established allowance for loan losses.
All of the acquired loans were evaluated for evidence of credit quality deterioration and none were found to be accountable under ASC 310-30 (acquired impaired). All acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-20 (acquired non-impaired). The fair value of the acquired loans at the Acquisition Date was $67.4 million. The gross contractually required principal and interest payments receivable for acquired loans was $68.5 million.
The fair value of the investment securities acquired was approximately $17.4 million.
NOTE 3 – RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
Banks are required to maintain reserve funds in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve required at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $482,000 and $308,000, respectively, and is included in cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets.
NOTE 4 – AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES
Available-for-sale securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying amount of such securities and their approximate fair values were as follows:
68
Gross | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||
Amortized | Unrealized | Unrealized | ||||||||||||||
Cost | Gains | Losses | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | $ | 23,449,558 | $ | 52,498 | $ | (231,560 | ) | $ | 23,270,496 | |||||||
U.S. Government agencies | 3,498,469 | 10,429 | (50,085 | ) | 3,458,813 | |||||||||||
Municipal obligations | 1,898,571 | 3,317 | (646 | ) | 1,901,242 | |||||||||||
$ | 28,846,598 | $ | 66,244 | $ | (282,291 | ) | $ | 28,630,551 | ||||||||
December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | $ | 21,797,221 | $ | 72,984 | $ | (142,394 | ) | $ | 21,727,811 | |||||||
U.S. Government agencies | 4,925,972 | 4,355 | (73,798 | ) | 4,856,529 | |||||||||||
Municipal obligations | 2,443,165 | 9,059 | (18,652 | ) | 2,433,572 | |||||||||||
$ | 29,166,358 | $ | 86,398 | $ | (234,844 | ) | $ | 29,017,912 |
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities and resulting net gains and net losses were as follows:
Twelve-month | ||||||||
Year ended | period ended | |||||||
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sale | $ | 2,799,336 | $ | 31,163,517 | ||||
Income (losses), net | $ | 6,414 | $ | (327,914 | ) |
Amortized cost and fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown below. For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been allocated over maturity groupings based on the actual contractual maturities of underlying collateral. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may call or prepay obligations.
The scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
December 31, 2015 | December 31, 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Amortized | Fair | Amortized | Fair | |||||||||||||
Cost | Value | Cost | Value | |||||||||||||
Due in one year or less | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
Due after one to five years | 25,131,259 | 24,942,098 | 18,462,435 | 18,353,451 | ||||||||||||
Due after five to ten years | 3,715,339 | 3,688,453 | 10,703,923 | 10,664,461 | ||||||||||||
Due after ten years | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 28,846,598 | $ | 28,630,551 | $ | 29,166,358 | $ | 29,017,912 |
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.
69
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, mortgage-backed securities included collateralized mortgage obligations of $5.9 million and $5.5 million, respectively, which are backed by single-family mortgage loans. The Company does not hold any securities backed by commercial real estate loans.
Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair values of securities by length of time that individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position.
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less Than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of | Unrealized | Unrealized | Unrealized | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securities | Fair Value | Losses | Fair Value | Losses | Fair Value | Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | $ | 13,002,963 | $ | (133,816 | ) | $ | 5,833,352 | $ | (97,744 | ) | $ | 18,836,315 | $ | (231,560 | ) | |||||||||
U.S. Government agencies | 1,242,250 | (6,715 | ) | 1,477,876 | (43,370 | ) | 2,720,126 | (50,085 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Municipal obligations | 35,541 | (646 | ) | - | - | 35,541 | (646 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired securities | $ | 14,280,754 | $ | (141,177 | ) | $ | 7,311,228 | $ | (141,114 | ) | $ | 21,591,982 | $ | (282,291 | ) |
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, all of the government agencies and mortgage-backed securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. Government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.
Loans and securities carried at approximately $114.9 million at December 31, 2015 were pledged to secure FHLB advances. In addition, securities carried at approximately $5.4 million at December 31, 2015 were pledged to secure public deposits.
70
NOTE 5 – LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, NET
The components of loans held for investment, net in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:
December 31, 2015 | December 31, 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net: | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 146,643,998 | 75.3 | % | $ | 129,948,473 | 73.7 | % | ||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 31,412,437 | 16.1 | 32,959,380 | 18.7 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 10,235,492 | 5.3 | 8,594,344 | 4.9 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other | 6,428,765 | 3.3 | 4,816,230 | 2.7 | ||||||||||||
Total gross loans | 194,720,692 | 100.0 | % | 176,318,427 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
Unamortized loan fees | (689,102 | ) | (621,345 | ) | ||||||||||||
Loans held for investment | 194,031,590 | 175,697,082 | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | (1,894,196 | ) | (1,707,282 | ) | ||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net | $ | 192,137,394 | $ | 173,989,800 |
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 commercial real estate loans include construction loans of $7.8 million and $13.0 million, respectively.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans – The following is a summary of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
As of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Real Estate |
One- to
Four-Family Residential Real Estate |
Commercial
and Industrial |
Consumer and
Other |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment | 1,136,458 | 656,089 | 63,527 | 38,122 | 1,894,196 | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,136,458 | $ | 656,089 | $ | 63,527 | $ | 38,122 | $ | 1,894,196 | ||||||||||
Gross loans | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment | $ | 2,221,619 | $ | 1,830,826 | $ | 354,208 | $ | - | $ | 4,406,653 | ||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment | $ | 144,422,379 | $ | 29,581,611 | $ | 9,881,284 | $ | 6,428,765 | 190,314,039 | |||||||||||
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 146,643,998 | $ | 31,412,437 | $ | 10,235,492 | $ | 6,428,765 | $ | 194,720,692 |
71
As of December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Real Estate |
One- to
Four-Family Residential Real Estate |
Commercial
and Industrial |
Consumer and
Other |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment | 1,125,491 | 387,801 | 177,820 | 16,170 | 1,707,282 | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,125,491 | $ | 387,801 | $ | 177,820 | $ | 16,170 | $ | 1,707,282 | ||||||||||
Gross loans | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment | $ | 2,512,377 | $ | 491,780 | $ | 16,796 | $ | - | $ | 3,020,953 | ||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment | 127,436,096 | 32,467,600 | 8,577,548 | 4,816,230 | 173,297,474 | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 129,948,473 | $ | 32,959,380 | $ | 8,594,344 | $ | 4,816,230 | $ | 176,318,427 |
The following is a summary of activities for the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015, twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:
Twelve-month | Six-month | |||||||||||||||||||
Year ended | period ended | period ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning balance | $ | 1,707,282 | $ | 1,733,097 | $ | 1,644,550 | $ | 1,824,388 | $ | 2,436,785 | ||||||||||
Provision for (credit to) loan losses | 694,000 | 50,000 | 50,000 | - | (121,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Charge-offs: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | - | - | - | (76,000 | ) | (382,592 | ) | |||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | (339,352 | ) | (100,962 | ) | (14,252 | ) | (86,710 | ) | (111,237 | ) | ||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | (354,000 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||
Consumer and other | (160 | ) | (32,562 | ) | (872 | ) | (47,981 | ) | (187,397 | ) | ||||||||||
Total charge-offs | (693,512 | ) | (133,524 | ) | (15,124 | ) | (210,691 | ) | (681,226 | ) | ||||||||||
Recoveries: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | 183,546 | 29,700 | - | 29,700 | 66,265 | |||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 2,800 | 26,153 | 26,153 | - | 45,820 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Consumer and other | 80 | 1,856 | 1,703 | 1,153 | 77,744 | |||||||||||||||
Total recoveries | 186,426 | 57,709 | 27,856 | 30,853 | 189,829 | |||||||||||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries | (507,086 | ) | (75,815 | ) | 12,732 | (179,838 | ) | (491,397 | ) | |||||||||||
Ending balance | $ | 1,894,196 | $ | 1,707,282 | $ | 1,707,282 | $ | 1,644,550 | $ | 1,824,388 |
72
Nonperforming Assets – The following tables present an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Payment activity is reviewed by management on a monthly basis to determine the performance of each loan. Per Company policy, loans past due 90 days or more no longer accrue interest.
Past Due | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
30 - 59 | 60 - 89 | 90 Days | Financing | |||||||||||||||||||||
Days | Days | or More | Total | Current | Receivables | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 146,643,998 | $ | 146,643,998 | ||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 314,541 | 173,467 | 788,159 | 1,276,167 | 30,136,270 | 31,412,437 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | - | 10,235,492 | 10,235,492 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | 6,428,765 | 6,428,765 | ||||||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 314,541 | $ | 173,467 | $ | 788,159 | $ | 1,276,167 | $ | 193,444,525 | $ | 194,720,692 |
Past Due | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
30 - 59 Days | 60 - 89 Days |
90
Days
or More |
Total | Current |
Financing
Receivables |
|||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | 894,137 | $ | - | $ | 894,137 | $ | 129,054,336 | $ | 129,948,473 | ||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 945,427 | 149,832 | 113,239 | 1,208,497 | 31,750,882 | 32,959,380 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | - | - | - | - | 8,594,344 | 8,594,344 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | 4,816,230 | 4,816,230 | ||||||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 945,427 | $ | 1,043,969 | $ | 113,239 | $ | 2,102,634 | $ | 174,215,792 | $ | 176,318,427 |
The following table sets forth nonaccrual loans and other real estate at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Nonaccrual loans | ||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | 616,605 | ||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 1,489,851 | 181,284 | ||||||
Commercial and industrial | 354,208 | 16,795 | ||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | ||||||
Total nonaccrual loans | 1,844,059 | 814,684 | ||||||
Other real estate (ORE) | 306,000 | 820,000 | ||||||
Total nonperforming assets | $ | 2,150,059 | $ | 1,634,684 | ||||
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment and ORE | 1.10 | % | 0.92 | % | ||||
Nonperforming assets to total assets | 0.79 | % | 0.66 | % |
73
Credit Quality Indicators – The following table represents the credit exposure by internally assigned grades at December 31, 2015 and 2014. This grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements in accordance with the loan terms. The Bank’s internal credit risk grading system is based on management’s experiences with similarly graded loans. Credit risk grades are reassessed each quarter based on any recent developments potentially impacting the creditworthiness of the borrower, as well as other external statistics and factors, which may affect the risk characteristics of the respective loan.
As of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Real Estate |
One- to
Four-Family Residential Real Estate |
Commercial
and Industrial |
Consumer and
Other |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
Grade | ||||||||||||||||||||
Pass | $ | 142,560,320 | $ | 29,434,236 | $ | 9,785,619 | $ | 6,428,765 | $ | 188,208,940 | ||||||||||
Special mention | 1,862,059 | 147,375 | 95,665 | - | 2,105,099 | |||||||||||||||
Substandard | 2,221,619 | 1,830,826 | - | - | 4,052,445 | |||||||||||||||
Doubtful | - | - | 354,208 | - | 354,208 | |||||||||||||||
Loss | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 146,643,998 | $ | 31,412,437 | $ | 10,235,492 | $ | 6,428,765 | $ | 194,720,692 |
As of December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Real Estate |
One- to
Four-Family Residential Real Estate |
Commercial
and Industrial |
Consumer and
Other |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
Grade | ||||||||||||||||||||
Pass | $ | 126,864,801 | $ | 32,382,072 | $ | 8,577,548 | $ | 4,816,230 | $ | 172,640,651 | ||||||||||
Special mention | 571,294 | 85,528 | - | - | 656,823 | |||||||||||||||
Substandard | 2,512,377 | 491,780 | 16,795 | - | 3,020,953 | |||||||||||||||
Doubtful | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Loss | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 129,948,473 | $ | 32,959,380 | $ | 8,594,344 | $ | 4,816,230 | $ | 176,318,427 |
The Bank’s internally assigned grades are as follows:
Pass – Strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.
Special Mention – Potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrower and guarantor’s capacity to meet all financial obligations is marginally adequate or deteriorating.
Substandard – Inadequately protected by the paying capacity of the Borrower and/or collateral pledged. The borrower or guarantor is unwilling or unable to meet loan terms or loan covenants for the foreseeable future.
Doubtful – All the weakness inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that those weaknesses in place make the collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions, highly questionable and improbable.
Loss – Considered uncollectible or no longer a bankable asset. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recoverable value. In fact, a certain salvage value is inherent in these loans. Nevertheless, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a portion or whole of a perceived asset even though partial recovery may be collected in the future.
74
Impaired Loans – The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances, net of charge-offs for impaired loans with the associated allowance amount, if applicable. Management determined the allocated allowance based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the remaining source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In those cases, the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs was used to determine the allocated allowance recorded.
As of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Principal | Average | |||||||||||||||
Recorded | Net of | Related | Recorded | |||||||||||||
Investment | Charge-offs | Allowance | Investment | |||||||||||||
With no related allowance recorded: | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 1,489,851 | 1,489,851 | - | 1,949,279 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 354,208 | 354,208 | - | 733,940 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
With an allowance recorded: | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
Total: | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 1,489,851 | 1,489,851 | - | 1,949,279 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 354,208 | 354,208 | - | 733,940 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Principal | Average | |||||||||||||||
Recorded | Net of | Related | Recorded | |||||||||||||
Investment | Charge-offs | Allowance | Investment | |||||||||||||
With no related allowance recorded: | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 1,099,680 | $ | 1,099,680 | $ | - | $ | 1,103,367 | ||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 181,284 | 181,284 | - | 186,279 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 16,795 | 16,795 | - | 16,795 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
With an allowance recorded: | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
Total: | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 1,099,680 | $ | 1,099,680 | $ | - | $ | 1,103,367 | ||||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | 181,284 | 181,284 | - | 186,279 | ||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 16,795 | 16,795 | - | 16,795 | ||||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - |
75
During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no interest income was recognized on these loans as interest collected was credited to loan principal.
Certain loans within the Company’s loan and ORE portfolios are guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (VA). In the event of default by the borrower, the VA can elect to pay the guaranteed amount or take possession of the property. If the VA takes possession of the property, the Company is entitled to be reimbursed for the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest and certain other expenses. There were no commitments from the VA to take title to foreclosed VA properties at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Troubled Debt Restructurings – Restructured loans are considered “troubled debt restructurings” if due to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank has granted a concession that they would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, rates, or a combination of the two. All troubled debt restructurings placed on nonaccrual status must show no less than six months of repayment performance by the borrower in accordance with contractual terms to return to accrual status. Once a loan has been identified as a troubled debt restructuring, it will continue to be reported as such until the loan is paid in full.
There were no troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2015. The following is a summary of total troubled debt restructurings by class as of December 31, 2014:
Number of
Modifications |
Recorded
Investment Pre-Modification |
Recorded
Investment Post-Modification |
Principal Net of
Charge-offs |
|||||||||||
December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | 3 | $ | 1,016,728 | $ | 1,137,660 | $ | 963,844 | |||||||
One- to four-family residential real estate | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 1 | 99,040 | 113,053 | 16,795 | ||||||||||
Consumer and other | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
Totals | 4 | $ | 1,115,768 | $ | 1,250,712 | $ | 980,639 |
Troubled debt restructurings (post-modification) were the result of adding real estate taxes to the loan, along with legal costs related to bankruptcies. There were no allocated specific allowances related to these credits and there were no commitments to lend additional amounts to these customers as of December 31, 2014.
During the 12 months ended December 31, 2014, there was one commercial real estate loan of $231,000, which was modified as a troubled debt restructuring. This restructuring was not in default during the 12 months ended December 31, 2014.
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $0 and $498,000, respectively.
In the normal course of business, the Company may modify a loan for a credit worthy borrower where the modified loan is not considered a troubled debt restructuring. In these cases, the modified terms are consistent with loan terms available to credit worthy borrowers and within normal loan pricing. The modifications to such loans are done according to existing underwriting standards which include review of historical financial statements, including current interim information if available, an analysis of the causes of the borrower’s decline in performance, and projections intended to assess repayment ability going forward.
76
NOTE 6 – STOCK IN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
The Bank has acquired stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, The Independent Bankers Bank (TIB) and Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares (PCBB). The carrying value of the stocks at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1,547,000 and $1,906,000, respectively, and is accounted for using the cost basis of accounting. The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of FHLB stock based on various factors, including the amount of mortgage assets and the Bank’s total assets.
NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE
Other real estate is summarized as follows:
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Other real estate: | ||||||||
Commercial | $ | 306,000 | $ | 820,000 | ||||
Residential | - | - | ||||||
Total other real estate | $ | 306,000 | $ | 820,000 |
Other real estate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of one commercial property.
An analysis of the change in other real estate follows:
Twelve Months | ||||||||
Year Ended | Ended | |||||||
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Beginning balance | $ | 820,000 | $ | 1,286,854 | ||||
Foreclosures and additions | 28,317 | 16,888 | ||||||
Impairments | (517,863 | ) | - | |||||
Sales | (24,454 | ) | (483,742 | ) | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 306,000 | $ | 820,000 |
NOTE 8 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Components of premises and equipment, net included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
77
At December 31, | At December 31, | |||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Cost: | ||||||||
Land | $ | 2,083,915 | $ | 2,043,881 | ||||
Building and improvements | 11,383,618 | 11,400,145 | ||||||
Furniture and equipment | 2,011,609 | 1,933,912 | ||||||
Automobiles | 129,902 | 129,902 | ||||||
Total cost | 15,609,044 | 15,507,839 | ||||||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization | (5,807,716 | ) | (5,476,347 | ) | ||||
Net book value | $ | 9,801,328 | $ | 10,031,492 |
Depreciation and amortization expense was $565,000 and $536,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 9 – CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE
The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of core deposit intangible is as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Gross carrying value | $ | 502,000 | $ | 502,000 | ||||
Less accumulated amortization | (139,220 | ) | (36,832 | ) | ||||
Core deposit intangible | $ | 362,780 | $ | 465,168 |
Amortization of core deposit intangible was $102,000 and $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, respectively.
The future amortization expense related to core deposit intangible remaining as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:
Year one | $ | 79,847 | ||
Year two | 62,266 | |||
Year three | 48,556 | |||
Year four | 39,057 | |||
Year five | 35,443 | |||
Thereafter | 97,611 | |||
$ | 362,780 |
78
NOTE 10 – TIME DEPOSITS
Following are maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
At December 31, 2015 | At December 31, 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted- | Weighted- | |||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||
Maturity | Rate | Amount | Rate | Amount | ||||||||||||
One year or less | 0.73 | % | $ | 39,107,831 | 0.66 | % | $ | 44,146,102 | ||||||||
Over one through three years | 0.95 | % | 29,330,472 | 0.88 | % | 37,195,516 | ||||||||||
Over three through five years | 1.16 | % | 5,661,734 | 1.10 | % | 2,046,421 | ||||||||||
Over five years | 1.25 | % | 6,857 | - | % | - | ||||||||||
0.85 | % | $ | 74,106,894 | 0.77 | % | $ | 83,388,039 |
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had $13.6 million and $12.8 million, respectively, in time deposits of $250,000 or more. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $10.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively, of such time deposits mature within one year.
Interest expense on time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more amounted to $72,000, $82,000, $45,000, $77,000 and $79,000 for the years ended 2015 and 2014, six months ended December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
NOTE 11 – BORROWINGS
The Bank has established a borrowing line with the FHLB of Dallas. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had outstanding advances totaling $13.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively, carrying interest rates from 0.18% to 0.51%. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had unused credit available under the FHLB blanket pledge agreement of $101.9 million. The following are maturities of outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
At December 31, | ||||||||
Maturity | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||
Year one | $ | 13,000,000 | $ | 12,500,000 | ||||
Year two | - | - | ||||||
Year three | - | - | ||||||
Year four | - | - | ||||||
Year five | - | - | ||||||
Thereafter | - | - | ||||||
$ | 13,000,000 | $ | 12,500,000 |
The Bank has two lines of credit available with other financial institutions of $6.0 and $2.0 million, respectively.
In an effort to improve the future net interest margin, in December 2014 the Bank prepaid $6.4 million of long term FHLB advances with average interest rates of 4.0% and incurred prepayment penalties of $532,000.
79
NOTE 12 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK
In the normal course of business, the Bank has outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments that are included in the consolidated balance sheets.
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent off-balance-sheet credit risk are as follows as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Commitments to originate and sell mortgage loans | $ | 15,661,263 | $ | 9,426,644 | ||||
Commitments to extend credit | 18,695,121 | 19,319,363 | ||||||
Unused lines of credit | 4,591,908 | 4,319,272 | ||||||
Standby letters of credit | - | 71,579 | ||||||
Totals | $ | 38,948,292 | $ | 33,136,858 |
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies by and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.
NOTE 13 – LEASES
The Bank has noncancelable operating leases that expire over the next five years that require the payment of base lease amounts and executory costs such as taxes, maintenance and insurance. Rental expense for leases was $360,000 and $181,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended 2014, respectively.
Approximate future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases are:
80
For the Year Ending | ||||
December 31, | Amount | |||
2016 | $ | 443,034 | ||
2017 | 310,451 | |||
2018 | 500,049 | |||
2019 | 508,030 | |||
2020 | 452,921 | |||
$ | 2,214,485 |
NOTE 14 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Profit Sharing Plan – The Company has established a profit-sharing 401(k) type salary reduction plan (Plan) for all employees that meet the necessary eligibility requirements and participants are fully vested after six years of service. For Company matching contributions made for plan years prior to 2014, annual Company contributions were at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2014, the Company adopted a Safe Harbor matching contribution provision, whereby it agreed to match 100% of participant’s contributions up to the first 3% of salary and 50% of the next 2%, for a total maximum Company matching contribution of 4% of participant salary, as defined by the Plan. The Safe Harbor matching contribution is guaranteed.
Profit sharing plan expense was $151,000 and $103,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, respectively.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan – Employees participate in a leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). In the year ended December 31, 2015 there were no sales of shares to the ESOP and no repurchases of shares from the ESOP. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold 13,948 treasury shares to the ESOP. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company repurchased 1,135 ESOP shares related to terminating participants. The Company makes discretionary contributions to the ESOP and the ESOP uses funds it receives to repay the loan. When loan payments are made, ESOP shares are allocated to participants based on relative compensation. Participants may receive the shares, cash, or a combination at the end of employment.
ESOP expense was $50,000, $100,000, $60,900, $20,000 and $70,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Shares held by the ESOP at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
At December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Allocated and committed to be allocated to participants | 11,184 | 6,306 | ||||||
Unallocated/unearned | 17,395 | 22,273 | ||||||
Total ESOP shares | 28,579 | 28,579 | ||||||
Fair value of unallocated/unearned shares | $ | 313,110 | $ | 334,095 |
Defined Benefit Plan – The Company contributes to a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan, the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (“Pentegra DB Plan”, EIN 13-5645888 and, Plan No. 333).
81
On June 1, 2006, the Company froze the benefits available under the defined benefit pension plan. The risk of participating in the Pentegra DB Plan is different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
· | Assets contributed to the Pentegra DB Plan may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. |
· | If a participating employer stops contributing to the Pentegra DB Plan, the unfunded obligations may be borne by the remaining participating employers. |
· | If the Company chooses to stop participating in the Pentegra DB Plan, it may be required to pay a withdrawal liability. |
The Company’s cash contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan were $186,000, $240,000, $240,000, $204,000 and $150,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, all of which represented less than 5% of the total plan contributions. As of July 1, 2015 (the most recent valuation report available), the unfunded pension liability was approximately $242,000 (94.6% funded). Pension plan expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $247,000, $83,000, ($16,000), $231,000 and $225,000, respectively. The net pension plan benefit booked for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the lower expense booked in the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was due to an accrual adjustment in December 2014. There are no funding improvement or rehabilitation plans pending, and no future minimum contributions required by collective-bargaining or other contractual agreements.
NOTE 15 – BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RETIREMENT POLICY
The Bank has entered into director retirement agreements with three current Board members, which were amended in 2013. Each agreement provides for a normal retirement benefit equal to each director’s accrual balance of $74,238 amortized with interest and payable upon the later of the director’s normal retirement date (age 70) or his separation from service, in monthly installments over a 15-year period. The director’s account balance is payable to the director or the director’s beneficiary under certain circumstances as set forth in the director’s individual agreement.
The Board previously had a deferred compensation policy (Policy) to compensate Board members for their service to the Company. The retirement date for directors was the later of the last month in which they reached age 70 or completion of their term if they were elected to the Board during the annual meeting resulting in service beyond age 70. Upon retirement, Board members receive deferred compensation for the remainder of their life up to a maximum of $2,000 per month. Board members vested in the Policy based on service as follows: zero to four years of service (20%), five years of service (40%), six years of service (60%), seven years of service (80%) and eight years of service (100%). On September 21, 2011, the Board rescinded this retirement policy for current directors. The total liability for the combined policies and agreements at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $268,000 and $259,000, respectively.
NOTE 16 – INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve and six months end December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 includes these components:
82
Twelve Months | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended | Ended | Six Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
Current | ||||||||||||||||||||
Federal | $ | 20,000 | $ | 73,760 | $ | 73,760 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
State | - | - | - | - | 35,527 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Total income tax expense | $ | 20,000 | $ | 73,760 | $ | 73,760 | $ | - | $ | 35,527 |
Federal income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $20,000 due to the alternative minimum tax. Federal income tax expense for the twelve and six months ended December 31, 2014 was $73,760 due to the correction of an overstated Federal income tax receivable. The income tax expense for all periods presented differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax rate of 34% to earnings before federal income tax expense. These differences are primarily caused by expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes and tax adjustments related to prior federal income tax returns.
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the Federal statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense for all periods presented is shown below:
Twelve Months | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended | Ended | Six Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
Federal tax at the statutory rate (34%) | $ | 115,809 | $ | 135,777 | $ | 366,130 | $ | (419,758 | ) | $ | (45,057 | ) | ||||||||
Benefit from permanent differences: | ||||||||||||||||||||
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit | (107,109 | ) | - | - | - | 23,448 | ||||||||||||||
Bargain purchase gain | - | (985,608 | ) | (985,608 | ) | - | - | |||||||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance | (61,622 | ) | (63,152 | ) | (31,399 | ) | (63,470 | ) | (60,943 | ) | ||||||||||
Change in valuation allowance | (138,703 | ) | 465,739 | 465,739 | 196,600 | 209,745 | ||||||||||||||
Other, net | 211,625 | 521,004 | 258,898 | 286,628 | (91,666 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total income tax expense | $ | 20,000 | $ | 73,760 | $ | 73,760 | $ | - | $ | 35,527 |
83
The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes were:
At December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | $ | 472,681 | $ | 664,127 | ||||
Stock awards | - | 46,940 | ||||||
Board of Directors retirement plan | 453,287 | 126,788 | ||||||
Tax credits | 46,869 | 27,965 | ||||||
Other | 623,368 | 131,043 | ||||||
Deferred compensation | - | 151,282 | ||||||
Purchase accounting | 52,967 | 243,308 | ||||||
Organizational costs | 204,024 | 680,030 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards | 2,783,762 | 3,456,274 | ||||||
Total deferred tax assets | 4,636,958 | 5,527,757 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||
FHLB stock dividends | (22,445 | ) | (59,888 | ) | ||||
Depreciation and amortization | (439,734 | ) | (405,423 | ) | ||||
Loan origination costs | (83,889 | ) | (49,708 | ) | ||||
Other | (9,172 | ) | (156,192 | ) | ||||
Total deferred tax liabilities | (555,240 | ) | (671,211 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance | 4,081,718 | 4,856,546 | ||||||
Valuation allowance: | ||||||||
Beginning balance | (4,856,546 | ) | (1,748,285 | ) | ||||
Decrease/(Increase) due to merger/prior adjustments | 636,125 | (2,642,522 | ) | |||||
Decrease/(Increase) during the period | 138,703 | (465,739 | ) | |||||
Ending balance | (4,081,718 | ) | (4,856,546 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax asset | $ | - | $ | - |
A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, NOL carry-back potential, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, management established a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of approximately $4.1 million, $4.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, based on its assessment of the amount of net deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized.
At December 31, 2015, the Company had federal operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $7.6 million. At December 31, 2014, Bank 34 acquired net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11.0 million. The acquired losses are subject to IRC 382 limitations, which limit the annual use of acquired losses to $250,000 per year, and begin to expire in 2027. As such, as of December 31, 2015, Bank 34 has recorded deferred tax assets and
84
related valuation allowance for $5.0 million of net operating losses related to the merger. Previously held loss carryforwards are not subject to the same limitations and begin to expire in 2031.
It is the Company’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. The Company files consolidated U.S. federal, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas income/franchise tax returns. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s tax returns open for review by the taxing authorities were 2012 to 2014 for federal and 2011 to 2014 for states.
NOTE 17 – REGULATORY MATTERS
Bank 34 is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that they may declare without prior regulatory approval.
As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank has to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as disclosed in the table below. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action category.
The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are as follows:
85
To be Well | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized Under | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
For Capital | Prompt Corrective | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Actual | Adequacy Purposes | Action Provisions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2015: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Risk-Weighted Assets) | $ | 31,584 | 16.93 | % | $ | 14,928 | ³ 8.00 | % | $ | 18,660 | ³ 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier I Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Risk-Weighted Assets) | $ | 29,690 | 15.91 | % | $ | 11,196 | ³ 6.00 | % | $ | 14,928 | ³ 8.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Risk-Weighted Assets) | $ | 29,690 | 15.91 | % | $ | 8,397 | ³ 4.50 | % | $ | 12,129 | ³ 6.50 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier I Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Average Assets) | $ | 29,690 | 11.06 | % | $ | 10,742 | ³ 4.00 | % | $ | 13,428 | ³ 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2014: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Risk-Weighted Assets) | $ | 30,574 | 17.09 | % | $ | 14,313 | ³ 8.00 | % | $ | 17,891 | ³ 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier I Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Risk-Weighted Assets) | $ | 28,867 | 16.13 | % | $ | 7,157 | ³ 4.00 | % | $ | 10,735 | ³ 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier I Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(to Average Assets) | $ | 28,867 | 11.68 | % | $ | 9,887 | ³ 4.00 | % | $ | 12,359 | ³ 5.00 | % |
NOTE 18 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Bank has entered into transactions with its executive officers, directors, significant stockholders, and their affiliates (related parties).
The activity of loans to such related parties is as follows:
86
Year Ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
Beginning balance | $ | 1,745,920 | $ | 1,846,432 | ||||
New loans | 223,920 | - | ||||||
Repayments | (1,969,840 | ) | (100,512 | ) | ||||
Credit line, net activity | - | - | ||||||
Ending balance | $ | - | $ | 1,745,920 | ||||
Fees and bonuses paid to directors during the period | $ | 207,000 | $ | 159,000 | ||||
Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at end of period | $ | 2,480,334 | $ | 1,545,341 |
In management’s opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management’s opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
NOTE 19 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Bank’s Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which is stockholder approved, permits the grant of stock options and shares to its employees or directors for up to 63,749 shares of common stock. The exercise price equaled the market price on the date the options were granted. The directors are 100% vested. The options become exercisable for the key employees at a vesting rate of 20% per year over five years and have an expiration date of the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or five years from termination.
A summary of option activity under the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 is presented below:
87
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Average | ||||||||||||
Weighted- | Remaining | |||||||||||
Average | Contractual | |||||||||||
Shares | Exercise Price | Term | ||||||||||
Outstanding, beginning of period | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | 4.1 | ||||||||
Granted | - | |||||||||||
Exercised | - | |||||||||||
Forfeited or expired | - | |||||||||||
Outstanding, end of period | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | 3.1 | ||||||||
Exercisable, end of period | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | 3.1 |
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||
Average | ||||||||||||
Weighted- | Remaining | |||||||||||
Average | Contractual | |||||||||||
Shares | Exercise Price | Term | ||||||||||
Outstanding, beginning of period | 21,420 | $ | 19.75 | 4.4 | ||||||||
Granted | - | |||||||||||
Exercised | - | |||||||||||
Forfeited or expired | (3,400 | ) | 19.75 | 0.4 | ||||||||
Outstanding, end of period | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | 4.1 | ||||||||
Exercisable, end of period | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | 4.1 |
In November 2007, the Company contributed $323,068 allowing the Recognition and Retention Plan (RRP) to acquire 9,502 shares of common stock of the Company, at $34.00 per share, which were subsequently awarded to directors and key employees. Stock awards for 3,670 shares to the directors vested 50% on January 1, 2008 and the remaining 50% vested on January 1, 2009. Stock awards for 5,832 shares to key employees vest at 20% per year over five years beginning July 1, 2008. The unamortized cost of shares not yet earned (vested) is reported as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.
In July 2009, the Company contributed $126,558 allowing the RRP to acquire 6,408 shares of common stock of the Company, at $19.25 per share, which were subsequently awarded to directors and key employees. Stock awards for 2,000 shares to the directors vested 50% on July 1, 2009 and the remaining 50% vested on July 1, 2011. Stock awards for 4,408 shares to key employees vest at 20% per year over five years beginning July 1, 2009. The unamortized cost of shares not yet earned (vested) is reported as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.
88
As of June 30, 2013 and all subsequent periods all shares were vested.
The RRP expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 and twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and six months ended December 31, 2014 and years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $0, $0, $0, $0 and $10,280, respectively.
NOTE 20 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Available-for-sale Securities – Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly-liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange-traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include certain collateralized mortgage and debt obligations and certain municipal securities. In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy and include certain residual municipal securities and other less liquid securities.
Loans Held for Sale – The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market prices from FHLMC. FHLMC quotes are updated daily and represent prices at which loans are exchanged in high volumes and in a liquid market.
Other Real Estate – Other real estate is fair valued under Level 3 based on property appraisals less estimated disposition costs, which include both observable and unobservable inputs, at the time of transfer and as appropriate thereafter.
Loans Held for Investment – Loans held for investment are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Bank records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of these loans based on fair value measurements for loans subject to impairment. The fair value of impaired loans is typically determined using a combination of observable inputs, such as interest rates, contract terms, appraisals of collateral supporting the loan and recent comparable sales of similar properties, and unobservable inputs such as creditworthiness, disposition costs and underlying cash flows associated with the loan. Since the estimates of fair value utilized for loans also involve unobservable inputs, valuations of impaired loans have been classified as Level 3.
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets at fair value:
89
Fair Value Measurements Using | ||||||||||||||||
Quoted Prices | Significant | |||||||||||||||
in Active | Other | Significant | ||||||||||||||
Markets for | Observable | Unobservable | ||||||||||||||
Identical Assets | Inputs | Inputs | ||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Recurring basis | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | $ | - | $ | 23,270,496 | $ | - | $ | 23,270,496 | ||||||||
U.S. Government agencies | - | 3,458,813 | - | 3,458,813 | ||||||||||||
Municipal obligations | - | 1,901,242 | - | 1,901,242 | ||||||||||||
Nonrecurring basis | ||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | - | 11,380,627 | - | 11,380,627 | ||||||||||||
Other real estate | - | - | 306,000 | 306,000 | ||||||||||||
Impaired loans | - | - | 1,844,059 | 1,844,059 | ||||||||||||
Totals | $ | - | $ | 40,011,178 | $ | 2,150,059 | $ | 42,161,237 | ||||||||
December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Recurring basis | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | $ | - | $ | 21,727,811 | $ | - | $ | 21,727,811 | ||||||||
U.S. Government agencies | - | 4,856,529 | - | 4,856,529 | ||||||||||||
Municipal obligations | - | 2,433,572 | - | 2,433,572 | ||||||||||||
Nonrecurring basis | ||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | - | 9,429,090 | - | 9,429,090 | ||||||||||||
Other real estate | - | - | 820,000 | 820,000 | ||||||||||||
Impaired loans | - | - | 1,297,759 | 1,297,759 | ||||||||||||
Totals | $ | - | $ | 38,447,002 | $ | 2,117,759 | $ | 40,564,761 |
The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties. Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Bank does not know whether the fair values shown represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.
The following tables present estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
90
Quoted Prices | Significant | |||||||||||||||||||
in Active | Other | Significant | ||||||||||||||||||
Markets for | Observable | Unobservable | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying | Identical Assets | Inputs | Inputs | |||||||||||||||||
Amount | Fair Value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 5,960 | $ | 5,960 | $ | 5,960 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits with banks | 13,865 | 13,865 | 13,865 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 28,631 | 28,631 | - | 28,631 | - | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | 11,381 | 11,381 | - | 11,381 | - | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net | 192,137 | 195,631 | - | - | 195,631 | |||||||||||||||
Stock in financial institutions | 1,547 | 1,547 | - | 1,547 | - | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits | 151,593 | 147,947 | 147,947 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Time deposits | 74,107 | 74,149 | - | 74,149 | - | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances | 13,000 | 13,004 | - | 13,004 | - | |||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 12,709 | $ | 12,709 | $ | 12,709 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits with banks | 2,115 | 2,115 | 2,115 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 29,018 | 29,018 | - | 29,018 | - | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | 9,429 | 9,429 | - | 9,429 | - | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net | 173,990 | 175,417 | - | - | 175,417 | |||||||||||||||
Stock in financial institutions | 1,906 | 1,906 | - | 1,906 | - | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits, savings and NOW deposits | 118,551 | 117,285 | 117,285 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Time deposits | 83,388 | 83,571 | - | 83,571 | - | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances | 12,500 | 12,503 | - | 12,503 | - |
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the additional classes of financial instruments shown:
Cash and Due from Banks, Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks and Stock in Financial Institutions – The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances – Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and money market deposits. The carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits and FHLB advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits and advances of similar remaining maturities.
91
NOTE 21 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY
Financial information as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, pertaining only to Alamogordo Financial Corp. is as follows:
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 394,074 | $ | 514,887 | ||||
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary | 29,618,697 | 29,185,530 | ||||||
ESOP note receivable | 283,887 | 331,790 | ||||||
Prepaid and other assets | 8,541 | 5,799 | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 30,305,199 | $ | 30,038,006 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||
Income taxes payable | $ | 646,054 | $ | 651,675 | ||||
Accrued interest and other liabilities | 15,421 | 50,000 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 661,475 | 701,675 | ||||||
Stockholders’ equity | ||||||||
Common stock, $0.10 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, | ||||||||
1,685,132 issued, 1,679,500 outstanding at | ||||||||
December 31, 2015 and 2014. | 168,513 | 168,552 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 9,713,894 | 9,714,459 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 20,404,880 | 20,084,266 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (216,047 | ) | (148,446 | ) | ||||
Treasury stock, at cost; 5,632 shares | (139,332 | ) | (139,332 | ) | ||||
Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares | (288,184 | ) | (343,168 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders’ equity | 29,643,724 | 29,336,331 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | $ | 30,305,199 | $ | 30,038,006 |
92
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Twelve Months | Six Months | |||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended | Ended | Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income on ESOP note receivable | $ | 12,986 | $ | 30,422 | $ | 11,560 | $ | 18,862 | $ | - | ||||||||||
Noninterest income | ||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary | 446,390 | 540,326 | 1,047,091 | (1,027,871 | ) | 12,600 | ||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense | ||||||||||||||||||||
Professional fees and other | 138,762 | 245,164 | 109,678 | 225,567 | 145,122 | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes | 320,614 | 325,584 | 948,973 | (1,234,576 | ) | (132,522 | ) | |||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | 320,614 | 325,584 | 948,973 | (1,234,576 | ) | (132,522 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income | ||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities | (67,601 | ) | 916,352 | 401,181 | (38,184 | ) | (635,904 | ) | ||||||||||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) | $ | 253,013 | $ | 1,241,936 | $ | 1,350,154 | $ | (1,272,760 | ) | $ | (768,426 | ) |
93
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS | ||||||||||||||||||||
Twelve Months | Six Months | |||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended | Ended | Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 320,614 | $ | 325,584 | $ | 948,973 | $ | (1,234,576 | ) | $ | (132,522 | ) | ||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in (income) loss of subsidiary | (446,390 | ) | (540,326 | ) | (1,047,091 | ) | 1,027,871 | (12,600 | ) | |||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable | (5,621 | ) | 460,682 | 150,352 | 310,330 | 190,943 | ||||||||||||||
Prepaid and other assets | (2,742 | ) | (5,799 | ) | 41,370 | (47,169 | ) | 360,804 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest and other liabilities | (34,579 | ) | 70,957 | (42,559 | ) | 33,361 | (211,792 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other, net | 2 | 24,545 | 7,499 | 21 | - | |||||||||||||||
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities | (168,716 | ) | 335,643 | 58,544 | 89,838 | 194,833 | ||||||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Principal collections on ESOP note receivable | 47,903 | 29,197 | 29,197 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Funding of ESOP | - | (106,919 | ) | - | (106,919 | ) | - | |||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities | 47,903 | (77,722 | ) | 29,197 | (106,919 | ) | - | |||||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock repurchases | - | - | - | - | (320,781 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks | (120,813 | ) | 257,921 | 87,741 | (17,081 | ) | (125,948 | ) | ||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks, beginning of period | 514,887 | 256,966 | 427,146 | 444,227 | 570,175 | |||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks, end of period | $ | 394,074 | $ | 514,887 | $ | 514,887 | $ | 427,146 | $ | 444,227 | ||||||||||
Supplemental disclosures: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Noncash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sale of treasury shares to ESOP | $ | - | $ | 345,074 | $ | - | $ | 345,074 | $ | - | ||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in merger | $ | - | $ | 5,783,428 | $ | 5,783,428 | $ | - | $ | - |
94
NOTE 22 –EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Earnings (Loss) Per Share – Basic earnings (loss) per share have been calculated based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. For earning per share computations, unallocated ESOP shares are treated like treasury shares and not considered outstanding. The calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015, the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 excludes 18,020, 20,487, 21,420, 21,420, and 21,420 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options because their effect would be anti-dilutive.
Twelve Months | Six Months | |||||||||||||||||||
Year ended | Ended | Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 320,614 | $ | 325,584 | $ | 948,973 | $ | (1,234,576 | ) | $ | (132,522 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted-average shares outstanding | 1,659,349 | 1,416,798 | 1,561,623 | 1,295,518 | 1,311,500 | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) per common share: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.61 | $ | (0.95 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | ||||||||
Diluted | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.61 | $ | (0.95 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) |
NOTE 23 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Second Step Offering - On March 7, 2016, the Boards of Directors of AF Mutual Holding Company, the Parent and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, AF Mutual Holding Company will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. AF Mutual Holding Company will be merged into the Parent, and AF Mutual Holding Company will no longer exist. The Parent will then merge into a new Maryland corporation named Bancorp 34, Inc. As part of the conversion, AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in the Parent will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Parent, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Parent, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of the new Maryland corporation.
The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to AF Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in the equity of the Parent as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of AF Mutual Holding Company as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of AF Mutual Holding Company prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Parent). The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering.
Mortgage Banking Northwest Expansion – In February 2016, we expanded our physical mortgage origination footprint to Kirkland and Puyallup, Washington, Medford, Oregon and Tucson, Arizona with loan production offices and established mortgage origination teams in each market area.
95
ITEM 9. | Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None.
ITEM 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
There were no changes made in our internal controls during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
See Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting - filed herewith under Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
ITEM 9B. | Other Information |
None.
ITEM 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
Alamogordo Financial Corp. has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code is available on Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s website at www.Bank 34online.com under “About Bank 34 – Investor Relations.”
The information contained under the sections captioned “Proposal I – Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (The “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. | Executive Compensation |
The information contained under the section captioned “Executive Compensation” in the definitive Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
(a) | Securities Authorized for issuance under Stock-Based Compensation Plans |
Set forth below is information as of December 31, 2015 with respect to compensation plans (other than our employee stock ownership plan) under which equity securities of the Registrant are
96
authorized for issuance. Other than our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, we do not have any equity compensation plans that were not approved by our stockholders.
Equity Compensation Plan Information | ||||||||||||
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Weighted-average
exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities
remaining available for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) |
||||||||||
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | — | ||||||||
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
Total | 18,020 | $ | 19.75 | — |
(b) | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners |
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Voting Securities and Principal Holders” in the Proxy Statement.
(c) | Security Ownership of Management |
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal I – Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement.
(d) | Changes in Control |
Management of the Company know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.
ITEM 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal I – Election of Directors – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal II – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 15. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
3.1 | Charter of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (1) |
3.2 | Bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (1) |
3.3 4 |
Amendment to Bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (4) Form of Common Stock Certificate of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (1) |
10.1 | Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan, including amendments † |
10.2 | Deferred Compensation Agreement with Jill Gutierrez (2) † |
97
† | Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement. |
(1) | Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (File No. 333-92913), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 1999. |
(2) | Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (File No. 333-192233), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013. |
(3) | Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2001. | |
(4) | Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Alamogordo Financial Corp. (File No. 000-29655), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2014. | |
(5) | Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Alamogordo Financial Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (File No. 000-29655) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2015. |
98
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. | |||
Date: March 28, 2016 | By: | /s/ Jill Gutierrez | |
Jill Gutierrez | |||
Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||
(Duly Authorized Representative) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Jill Gutierrez | Chief Executive Officer | March 28, 2016 | ||
Jill Gutierrez | and Director (Principal Executive | |||
Officer) | ||||
/s/ Jan R. Thiry | Executive Vice President, Chief | March 28, 2016 | ||
Jan R. Thiry | Financial Officer and Treasurer | |||
(Principal Financial and | ||||
Accounting Officer) | ||||
/s/ William F. Burt | Vice Chairman | March 28, 2016 | ||
William F. Burt | ||||
/s/ Wortham A. Cook | Director | March 28, 2016 | ||
Wortham A. Cook | ||||
/s/ James D. Harris | Director | March 28, 2016 | ||
James D. Harris | ||||
/s/ Randal L. Rabon | Chairman | March 28, 2016 | ||
Randal L. Rabon | ||||
/s/ Elaine E. Ralls | Director | March 28, 2016 | ||
Elaine E. Ralls | ||||
/s/ Don P. Van Winkle | Director | March 28, 2016 | ||
Don P. Van Winkle |
99
Exhibit 10.1
BANK’34
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Originally adopted effective January 1, 2000
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001
Further Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2013
C O N T E N T S
Page No. | ||
Section 1. Plan Identity. | 1 | |
1.1 | Name . | 1 |
1.2 | Purpose . | 1 |
1.3 | Effective Date . | 1 |
1.4 | Fiscal Period . | 1 |
1.5 | Single Plan for All Employers . | 1 |
1.6 | Interpretation of Provisions . | 1 |
Section 2. Definitions. | 1 | |
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation. | 9 | |
3.1 | Initial Eligibility . | 9 |
3.2 | Definition of Eligibility Year . | 9 |
3.3 | Terminated Employees . | 9 |
3.4 | Certain Employees Ineligible . | 9 |
3.5 | Participation and Reparticipation . | 9 |
3.6 | Omission of Eligible Employee . | 9 |
3.7 | Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . | 10 |
Section 4. Contributions and Credits. | 10 | |
4.1 | Discretionary Contributions . | 10 |
4.2 | Contributions for Stock Obligations . | 10 |
4.3 | Definitions Related to Contributions . | 11 |
4.4 | Conditions as to Contributions . | 11 |
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations. | 11 | |
5.1 | Limitation on Annual Additions . | 11 |
5.2 | Effect of Limitations . | 14 |
5.3 | Limitations as to Certain Participants . | 14 |
5.4 | Erroneous Allocations . | 15 |
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment | 15 | |
6.1 | Creation of Trust Fund . | 15 |
6.2 | Stock Fund and Investment Fund . | 15 |
6.3 | Acquisition of Stock . | 16 |
6.4 | Participants’ Option to Diversify . | 17 |
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock. | 17 | |
7.1 | Voting and Tendering of Stock . | 17 |
7.2 | Dividends on Stock . | 18 |
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts. | 19 | |
8.1 | Adjustments for Transactions . | 19 |
8.2 | Valuation of Investment Fund . | 19 |
8.3 | Adjustments for Investment Experience . | 19 |
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests. | 19 | |
9.1 | Deferred Vesting in Accounts . | 19 |
9.2 | Computation of Vesting Years . | 20 |
9.3 | Full Vesting Upon Certain Events . | 21 |
9.4 | Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . | 22 |
9.5 | Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . | 22 |
9.6 | Accounting for Forfeitures . | 23 |
9.7 | Vesting and Nonforfeitability . | 23 |
Section 10. Payment of Benefits. | 23 | |
10.1 | Benefits for Participants . | 23 |
10.2 | Time for Distribution . | 24 |
10.3 | Marital Status . | 30 |
10.4 | Delay in Benefit Determination . | 30 |
10.5 | Accounting for Benefit Payments . | 30 |
10.6 | Options to Receive and Sell Stock . | 30 |
10.7 | Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . | 31 |
10.8 | Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . | 32 |
10.9 | Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . | 32 |
10.10 | Waiver of 30 Day Period After Notice of Distribution . | 33 |
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals. | 33 | |
11.1 | Claim for Benefits . | 33 |
11.2 | Notification by Committee . | 33 |
11.3 | Claims Review Procedure . | 34 |
Section 12. The Committee and Its Functions. | 34 | |
12.1 | Authority of Committee . | 34 |
12.2 | Identity of Committee . | 34 |
12.3 | Duties of Committee . | 35 |
12.4 | Valuation of Stock . | 35 |
12.5 | Compliance with ERISA . | 35 |
12.6 | Action by Committee . | 35 |
12.7 | Execution of Documents . | 35 |
12.8 | Adoption of Rules . | 35 |
12.9 | Responsibilities to Participants . | 36 |
12.10 | Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . | 36 |
12.11 | Indemnification by Employers . | 36 |
12.12 | Nonparticipation by Interested Member . | 36 |
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan. | 36 | |
13.1 | Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . | 36 |
13.2 | Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . | 37 |
13.3 | Right to Amend or Terminate . | 37 |
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions. | 37 | |
14.1 | Plan Creates No Employment Rights . | 37 |
14.2 | Nonassignability of Benefits . | 38 |
14.3 | Limit of Employer Liability . | 38 |
14.4 | Treatment of Expenses . | 38 |
14.5 | Number and Gender . | 38 |
14.6 | Nondiversion of Assets . | 38 |
14.7 | Separability of Provisions . | 38 |
14.8 | Service of Process . | 38 |
ii |
14.9 | Governing State Law . | 38 |
14.10 | Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deduct ibility. | 39 |
14.11 | Unclaimed Accounts . | 39 |
14.12 | Qualified Domestic Relations Order . | 39 |
14.13 | Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . | 40 |
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions. | 40 | |
15.1 | Top-Heavy Plan . | 40 |
15.2 | Definitions . | 40 |
15.3 | Top-Heavy Rules of Application . | 42 |
15.4 | Top-Heavy Ratio . | 43 |
15.5 | Minimum Contributions . | 43 |
15.6 | Minimum Vesting . | 44 |
15.7 | Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . | 44 |
iii |
BANK’34
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “BANK’34 Employee Stock Ownership Plan” (formerly, “Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association Employee Stock Ownership Plan”).
1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of the original Plan is January 1, 2000, and the Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2013, except as otherwise provided herein.
1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
“ Account ” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
“ Active Participant ” means any Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3 and who qualifies as an Active Participant for a particular Plan Year under Section 4.3.
“ Bank ” means BANK’34 (formerly, Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association) and any entity which succeeds to the business of BANK’34 and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.2.
“ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.
“ Break in Service ” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period beginning on or after January 1, 1985, (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“ Committee ” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
“ Company ” means Alamogordo Financial Corp., the stock holding company of the Bank. The Company is a publicly traded corporation and is taxed as a corporation under sub-chapter C of the Code.
“ Disability ” means only a disability which renders the Participant totally unable, as a result of bodily or mental disease or injury, to perform any duties for an Employer for which he is reasonably fitted, which disability is expected to be permanent or of long and indefinite duration. However, this term shall not include any disability directly or indirectly resulting from or related to habitual drunkenness or addiction to narcotics, a criminal act or attempt, service in
2 |
the armed forces of any country, an act of war, declared or undeclared, any injury or disease occurring while compensation to the Participant is suspended, or any injury which is intentionally self-inflicted. Further, this term shall apply only if (i) the Participant is sufficiently disabled to qualify for the payment of disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act or Veterans Disability Act, or (ii) the Participant’s disability is certified by a physician selected by the Committee. Unless the Participant is sufficiently disabled to qualify for disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act or Veterans Disability Act, the Committee may require the Participant to be appropriately examined from time to time by one or more physicians chosen by the Committee, and no Participant who refuses to be examined shall be treated as having a Disability. In any event, the Committee’s good faith decision as to whether a Participant’s Service has been terminated by Disability shall be final and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of subsection (d)(4) in the definition of 415 Compensation, Disabled shall have the meaning under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
“ Early Retirement ” means retirement on or after a Participant’s attainment of age 55 and the completion of fifteen years of employment with an Employer. If the Participant terminates employment before satisfying the age requirement, but has satisfied the employment requirement, the Participant will be entitled to elect early retirement upon satisfaction of the age requirement.
“ Effective Date ” means the effective date of the original plan, which is January 1, 2000, and the effective date of the amended and restated Plan, which is January 1, 2013, unless a different effective date is specifically applied to another section of the Plan.
“ Employee ” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Paid Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).
“ Employer ” means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2. The Employer has never been an S-corporation.
“ Entry Date ” means January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year.
3 |
“ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
“ 415 Compensation ”
(a) shall mean wages, as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.
(b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k) or 457(b) shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.
(c) 415 Compensation in excess of $255,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this subsection, the $255,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $255,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.
(c) For limitation years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, 415 Compensation shall also include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer. Such amounts shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent they are paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.
(d) For limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2009, if the Employer is making differential wage payments to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)), 415 Compensation shall include such payments to the extent that those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
(e) For limitation years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from
4 |
employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued. In addition, deferred compensation shall be included in 415 Compensation if the compensation would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if it had been paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Participant’s gross income.
(f) For limitation years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, 415 Compensation shall include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of the pay periods and pay dates.
“ Highly Paid Employee ” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either of that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $115,000 (as indexed) and was among the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees. For this purpose:
(a) “415 Compensation” shall include any amount which is excludable from the Employee’s gross income for tax purposes pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b) of the Code.
(b) The number of Employees in “the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees” shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of “Service”, but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources.
“ Hours of Service ” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s
5 |
compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
(g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.
“ Investment Fund ” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Stock Obligation, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.
“ Normal Retirement ” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
“ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of (i) the date on which a Participant attains age 65 and (ii) the 5th anniversary of the time a Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
“ Participant ” means any Employee who is participating in the Plan, or who has previously participated in the Plan and still has a balance credited to his Account.
6 |
“ Plan Year ” means the twelve month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31, 2000 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.
“ Recognized Absence ” means a period for which —
(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or
(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
“ Service ” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) for a period after 1975 in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) for a period after 1979 in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
“ Spouse ” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
“ Stock ” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market, and beginning on and after January 1, 2012, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5). In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or
7 |
of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
“ Stock Fund ” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.
“ Stock Obligation ” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
(i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations § 54.4975-12;
(ii) to repay such Stock Obligation; or
(iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.
“ Trust ” or “ Trust Fund ” means the trust fund created under this Plan.
“ Trust Agreement ” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
“ Trustee ” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
“ Unallocated Stock Fund ” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which has been acquired in exchange for one or more Stock obligations and which has not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
“ Valuation Date ” means each business day provided the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market. If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly. The Valuation Date for transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, if any, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulation 54.4975-11(d)(5).
“ Valuation Period ” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
“ Vesting Year ” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
8 |
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:
(a) the last day of the Employee’s first Eligibility Year, and
(b) the Employee’s 21st birthday. However, if an Employee is not in active Service with an Employer on the date he would otherwise first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he is in Service.
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . An “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:
(a) an Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and
(b) his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.
3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible . No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
9 |
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits .
4.1 Discretionary Contributions . The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in proportion to their amounts of 415 Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Stock Obligation. If there is more than one Stock Obligation, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Stock Obligation related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on unallocated Stock are used as payments under a Stock Obligation, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Stock Obligation which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.
At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Stock Obligation provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Stock Obligation, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
10 |
4.3 Definitions Related to Contributions . For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the meanings specified:
“ Active Participant ” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, Early or Normal Retirement.
In the event a Plan Year is a period of less than 12 months for any reason, then 415 Compensation for the short period shall not exceed the pro rata portion of this limit created by multiplying a fraction which is the number of months in the short period divided by twelve times the annual compensation limit.
4.4 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
5.1-1 No more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Stock Obligation in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Paid Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.
11 |
5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) $51,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “Dollar Limitation”) or (ii) 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “Percentage Limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the value as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which the Stock is released) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of the Employer contribution. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 401(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additional under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the excess amounts shall not be deemed annual additional in that limitation year if they are treated in accordance with any one of the following:
(i) Any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be reallocated to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for the Plan Year. The reallocation shall be made in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the excess amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions.
(ii) If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, there is an excess annual addition with respect to a Participant for a limitation year and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Plan Year, any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be used to reduce the Employer contributions for the Participant in the next limitation year and any succeeding limitation years if necessary.
(iii) If the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Plan Year, the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
12 |
(iv) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, it will not participate in any allocation of investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must be allocated to Participant’s Accounts before any contributions may be made to the Plan for the limitation year.
(v) If a suspense account exists at the time of Plan termination, amounts held in the suspense account that cannot be allocated shall revert to the Employer.
(vi) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, effective for limitation years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, if the annual additions are exceeded for any Participant, then the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2013-12 or any superseding guidance, including, but not limited to, the preamble to the final Treasury Regulations under Section 415 of the Code.
5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. Annual additions to a defined contribution plan also include amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, maintained by the Employer. The $30,000 limitations referred to shall, for each limitation year ending after 1988, be automatically adjusted to the new dollar limitations determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for the calendar year beginning in that limitation year. Effective July 1, 2007, “annual additions” shall not include (i) the direct transfer of a benefit or Employee contribution from a qualified plan to the Plan, (ii) rollover contributions described in Sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) or 457(e)(16) of the Code, (iii) repayments of amounts described in Section 411(a)(7)(B) of the Code, or (iv) restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments are restorative payments only if the payments are made to restore some or all of the Plan’s losses due to an action (or failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty, including payments to the Plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to the Plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty.
5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Paid Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
13 |
(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or
(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.
5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named Fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period beginning each January 1. Effective July 1, 2007, the limitation year may only be changed by Plan amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan’s limitation year, then the Plan shall be treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its limitation year.
5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan.
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in this Plan or be allocated directly or indirectly under any plan of the Employer meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a) during the non allocation period, in order to comply with Code Section 409(n).
This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i)) more than 25 percent of (i) any class of outstanding stock of a corporation and (ii) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of a corporation which
14 |
issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust
15 |
Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called a “Stock Obligation”. The term “Stock Obligation” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. A Stock Obligation includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of a Stock Obligation in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Stock Obligation or the making of another Stock Obligation. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. “Stock Obligation” shall be synonymous with “exempt loan.” All Stock Obligations incurred by the Plan must be for the primary benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
6.3-1 A Stock Obligation shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Stock Obligation will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).6.3-2 A Stock Obligation may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Stock Obligation, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Stock Obligation which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Stock Obligation. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for a Stock Obligation, and no creditor under a Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure a Stock Obligation must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Stock obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Stock Obligation during any Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during or prior to such Plan Year, less such payments in prior Plan Years and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. All contributions and earnings shall be separately accounted for in the Plan’s records until the Stock Obligation is repaid.
16 |
6.3-5 In the event of default of a Stock Obligation, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, a Stock Obligation must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Stock Obligation. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock . The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section
17 |
409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock and allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
7.1-1 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
7.2 Dividends on Stock . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participant’s Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends have been paid. Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.3 and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance; (iv) be used to make payments on the Stock Obligation, or (v) at the election of the Participant or his Beneficiary, be (1) payable as provided clause (ii) or (iii) above, or (2) paid to the Plan and reinvested in the Stock Fund pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Stock Obligation, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends. Dividends on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be allocated to Participants’ Investment Fund Accounts (pro rata based on the Participant’s Account balance in relation to all Participants’ Account balances) and shall be applied as soon as practicable to
18 |
payments of principal and interest under the Stock Obligation incurred with the purchase of the Stock.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
8.1 Adjustments for Transactions . An Employer contribution pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be credited to the Participants’ Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year for which it is contributed, in accordance with Section 4.1. Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund upon the Trust’s repayment of a Stock Obligation pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be credited to the Participants’ Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred, pro rata based on the cash applied from such Participant’s account relative to the cash applied from all Participants’ Accounts. Any benefit which is paid to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to Section 10 shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which it is paid. Any forfeiture or restoral shall be charged or credited to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the forfeiture or restoral occurs pursuant to Section 9.6.
8.2 Valuation of Investment Fund . As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall prepare a balance sheet of the Investment Fund, recording each asset (including any contribution receivable from an Employer) and liability at its fair market value. Any liability with respect to short positions or options and any item of accrued income or expense and unrealized appreciation or depreciation shall be included; provided, however, that such an item may be estimated or excluded if it is not readily ascertainable unless estimating or excluding it would result in a material distortion. The Committee shall then determine the net gain or loss of the Investment Fund since the preceding Valuation Date, which shall mean the entire income of the Investment Fund, including realized and unrealized capital gains and losses, net of any expenses to be charged to the general Investment Fund and excluding any contributions by the Employer. The determination of gain or loss shall be consistent with the balance sheets of the Investment Fund for the current and preceding Valuation Dates.
8.3 Adjustments for Investment Experience . Any net gain or loss of the Investment Fund during a Valuation Period, as determined pursuant to Section 8.2, shall be allocated as of the last day of the Valuation Period among the Participants’ Accounts in proportion to the opening balance in each Account, as adjusted for benefit payments and forfeitures during the Valuation Period, without regard to whatever Stock may be credited to an Account. Any cash dividends received on Stock credited to Participant’s Accounts shall be allocated as of the last day of the Valuation Period among the Participants’ Accounts based on the opening balance in each Participant’s Stock Fund Account.
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .
9.1 Deferred Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
19 |
Vesting Years |
Percentage of Interest Vested |
|||
Fewer than 2 | 0 | % | ||
2 | 20 | % | ||
3 | 40 | % | ||
4 | 60 | % | ||
5 | 80 | % | ||
6 or more | 100 | % |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Plan incurred a Stock Obligation for the purpose of acquiring “employer securities” (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(8)) prior to September 26, 2005, the vesting schedule described below shall apply to Plan Years beginning before the earlier of the date on which such loan (a) was fully repaid; or (b) was, as of September 26, 2005, scheduled to be fully repaid and further applies to the Account of any Participant who does not have one Hour of Service under the Plan in or after the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such repayment was made.
Vesting Years |
Percentage of Interest Vested |
|||
Fewer than 3 | 0 | % | ||
3 | 20 | % | ||
4 | 40 | % | ||
5 | 60 | % | ||
6 | 80 | % | ||
7 or more | 100 | % |
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.
9.2-2 A Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break vested percentage.
20 |
9.2-3 In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-break accrued benefit only if either:
(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
9.2-4 Unless otherwise specifically excluded, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall include any period of active military duty to the extent required by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Section 2021). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
9.2-5 If any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .
9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Early Retirement, Disability or by death. Effective January 1, 2007, for purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall be determined in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.
9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes, a “Change in Control” shall be defined as a change in control of the Bank or the Company of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “HOLA”) as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
21 |
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company is distributed, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything in this subsection to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of the Company’s mutual holding company parent to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. For purposes of determining whether there has been a partial termination of the Plan under Code Section 411(d)(3), such determination will be made consistent with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and by applying the principles set forth in Revenue Ruling 2007-43 and any subsequent authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury Department.
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs five (5) consecutive one year Break in Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest as of the Valuation Date next following his termination of Service.
22 |
If a Participant who has received his entire vested interest returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, he may repay to the Trustee an amount equal to the distribution. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by either, or a combination of the following methods:
10.1-1 By payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2; or
10.1-2 By payment in a series of substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed five (5) years, provided the maximum period over which the distribution of a Participant’s Account may be made shall be extended by 1 year, up to five (5) additional years, for each $205,000 (or fraction thereof) by which such Participant’s Account balance exceeds $1,035,000 (the aforementioned figures are subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Section 409(o)(2) of the Code).
The Participant shall elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him. If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution, does not equal or exceed $5,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be
23 |
distributed in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is, or has ever been, in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to the later of the time he has attained Normal Retirement or age 62 unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior to the later of Normal Retirement or age 62 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of March 28, 2005, if a Participant’s vested Account balance does not exceed $1,000 and the Participant fails to return his distribution election form, the Plan Administrator shall distribute the vested portion of his Account balance to the Participant in a lump sum, in cash or stock or a combination of cash and stock, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the terminated Participant’s vested Account balance exceeds $1,000 but is not greater than $5,000, and the Participant fails to consent to the distribution, then the Plan Administrator shall liquidate the Participant’s Stock Fund Account and pay the Participant’s vested Account balance, in cash, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
The Administrator shall provide Participants or other distributees of mandatory distributions under Section 10.1 with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Section 411(a)(11) of the Code. Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable time before such mandatory distribution, and such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.
10.2 Time for Distribution .
10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year:
(i) in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death; or
(ii) which is the fifth Plan Year following the year in which the Participant resigns or is dismissed, unless he is reemployed before such date.
10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
24 |
(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.
10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70- ½, and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment. All distributions under this Plan shall be determined and made in accordance with final and temporary regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, as promulgated under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations. These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died, however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1-2 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1-2 at the date of his death.
(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then unless he has specifically elected otherwise the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Spouse. No election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary
25 |
public. (This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.)
10.2-5 Minimum Distribution Requirements for Plan Years Beginning On or After January 1, 2003.
(i) General Rules.
(A) Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 10.2-5 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
(B) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 10, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(ii) Time and Manner of Distribution.
(A) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
(B) Death of Participant before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(I) if the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½, if later.
(II) if the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(III) if there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(IV) if the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 10.2-5(ii)(B), other
26 |
than Section 10.2.5(ii)(B)(I), will apply if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this Section 10.2-5(ii)(B) and Section 10.2-5(iv), unless Section 10.2-5(ii)(IV) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 10.2-5(ii)(IV) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 10.2-5(ii)(B)(I).
(C) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a lump sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 10.2-5(iii) and Section 10.2-5(iv).
(iii) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.
(A) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:
(I) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or
(II) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
(B) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 10.2-5 beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(iv) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.
(A) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(I) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is
27 |
the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(II) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) Death before Date Distributions Begin.
(I) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 10.2-5(iv)(A).
(II) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of
28 |
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(III) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 10.2-5(ii)(B)(I), this Section 10.2-5(iv)(B) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
(iv) Definitions.
(A) “Designated Beneficiary.” The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the Designated Beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Section 1.401(1)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury Regulations.
(B) “Distribution Calendar Year.” A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 10.2.5(ii)(B). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
(C) “Life Expectancy.” Life Expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.
(D) “Participant’s Account Balance.” The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the
29 |
Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
(E) “Required Beginning Date.” The Required Beginning Date shall be, with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), not later than April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, and (2) with respect to all other Participants, the Required Beginning Date shall be not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires.
10.3 Marital Status . The Committee shall from time to time take whatever steps it deems appropriate to keep informed of each Participant’s marital status. Each Employer shall provide the Committee with the most reliable information in the Employer’s possession regarding its Participants’ marital status, and the Committee may, in its discretion, require a notarized affidavit from any Participant as to his marital status. The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
10.6 Options to Receive and Sell Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock or cash, or in a combination of Stock and cash. In the event the Participant elects to receive his distribution in the form of Stock, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. If a Participant makes no election as to the form of distribution, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value
30 |
(hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a Bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
If a Participant elects to receive his distribution in the form of a lump sum pursuant to Section 10.1-1 of the Plan, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five years from the day after the put right is exercised, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
If a Participant elects to receive his distribution in the form of an installment payment pursuant to Section 10.1-2 of the Plan, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall pay for the Stock distributed in the installment distribution over a period which shall not exceed 30 days after the exercise of the put right.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through a Stock Obligation shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the
31 |
purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to by applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); or (iv) a hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code. A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Sections 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is no so includible.
10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 401(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. Effective January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan shall include a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A and a deemed individual retirement account pursuant to Section 408(q) of the Code.
32 |
10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). Effective January 1, 2007, the term “distributee” shall also include a Participant’s non-spousal Beneficiary.
10.9-5 The Administrator shall provide Participants or other distributees of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code. Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Effective January 1, 2007, such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.
10.10 Waiver of 30 Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:
(i) the Trustee or Administrative Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
(i) each specific reason for the denial;
33 |
(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and Its Functions .
12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consists of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
34 |
12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the plan Committee under ERISA and other laws.
Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Stock Obligations. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. Subject to the direction of the Board as to the application of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Stock or in assets other than Stock, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay Stock Obligations, to purchase Stock, or to invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Stock Fund or the Investment Fund shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Code Section 170(a)(1).
12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies. The members of the Committee may meet informally and may take any action without meeting as a group.
12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
35 |
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Plan document and the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries in a non-discriminatory manner.
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.
36 |
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
37 |
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.2 hereof. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 14.2 to the contrary, an offset of a Participant’s Account against an amount the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order or decree issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D).
14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee.
14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.3 and 13.3, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the chief executive officer of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Mexico to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
38 |
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
(a) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.
(b) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.
Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order”, a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
(a) The Employer or the Plan Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
(b) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Plan Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Plan Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
39 |
During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Plan Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Plan Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Plan Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Plan Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.
14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
(a) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
(b) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
(c) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
15.2 Definitions .
In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
40 |
15.2-1 The “Determination Date”, with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.
15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $165,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years, and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.
41 |
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application .
For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.
15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
15.3-4 For years beginning after December 31, 1984, Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account.
15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”
15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
15.3-8 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the five (5) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
42 |
15.3-9 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee after December 31, 1983, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
15.4 Top-Heavy Ratio . If the Employer maintains one (1) or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan) and the Employer has never maintained any defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Account balances of all Employees as of the Determination Date. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall be increased to reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as of the Determination Date.
If the Employer maintains one (1) or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one (1) or more defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of Account balances under the defined contribution plans for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Account balances under the defined contribution plans for all Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Employees.
For these purposes, the accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee in a defined benefit plan shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C).
15.5 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or
(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a
43 |
qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(2) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met. If the Employer has both a Top-Heavy defined benefit plan and a Top-Heavy defined contribution plan and a minimum contribution is to be provided only in the defined contribution plan, then the sum of the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Non-key Employee shall be equal to at least five percent (5%) of such Non-key Employee’s 415 Compensation for that year.
15.6 Minimum Vesting . For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on the following “top-heavy table”:
Vesting Years | Percentage of Interest Vested | |||
Fewer than 2 | 0 | % | ||
2 | 20 | % | ||
3 | 40 | % | ||
4 | 60 | % | ||
5 | 80 | % | ||
6 or more | 100 | % |
15.7 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.
44 |
Exhibit 10.11
DIRECTOR DEFERRED FEE PLAN
THIS DIRECTOR DEFERRED FEE PLAN (this “Plan”), adopted this 6th day of September, 2013, by Bank ‘34 located in Alamogordo, New Mexico (the “Bank”).
WITNESSETH :
WHEREAS, the Bank recognizes the valuable services the Participants have performed for the Bank and wishes to encourage the Participants’ continued service and to provide the Participants with additional incentive to achieve corporate objectives;
WHEREAS, the Bank wishes to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall pay additional retirement benefits to the Participants;
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Participants intend this Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in compliance with Code Section 409A; and
WHEREAS, the Bank intends this Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement, maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Participants, members of select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises forgoing the Bank hereby creates the following:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Plan, the following phrases or terms shall have the indicated meanings:
1.1 “Administrator” means the Board or its designee.
1.2 “Affiliate” means any business entity with whom the Bank would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. Such term shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “service recipient” contained in Code Section 409A.
1.3 “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated in writing by the Participant to receive benefits hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death.
1.4 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Administrator that the Participant completes signs and returns to the Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.5 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
1.6 “Cause” means any of the following acts or circumstances: gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank; conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Participant’s service with the Bank; or fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Participant’s service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.
1.7 “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.
1.8 “Contribution” means the amount the Bank contributes to the Deferral Account, calculated according to the provisions of Article 2.
1.9 “Crediting Rate” means five percent (5%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may prospectively increase or decrease the Crediting Rate by providing written notice of such change to the Participants.
1.10 “Claimant” means a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.
1.11 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.12 “Deferral Account” means the Bank’s accounting of the accumulated Deferrals and Contributions plus accrued interest.
1.13 “Deferral Election Form” means each form established from time to time by the Administrator that the Participant completes, signs and returns to the Administrator to designate the amount of Deferrals.
1.14 “Deferrals” means the amount of Fees the Participant elects to defer according to this Plan.
1.15 “Disability” means a condition of the Participant whereby the Participant either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the
definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the initial sentence of this Section.
1.16 “Early Termination” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs following a Change in Control or due to termination for Cause.
1.17 “Effective Date” means ____________________, 2013.
1.18 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.19 “Fees” means the total amount of fees payable to a member of the Board.
1.20 “Normal Retirement Age” means the Participant attaining age seventy (70).
1.21 “Participant” means a director of the Bank (i) who is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) who signs a Participation Agreement, (iv) whose Participation Agreement, Beneficiary Designation Form and Deferral Election Form are accepted by the Administrator, (v) who commences participation in the Plan, and (vi) whose participation has not terminated.
1.22 “Participation Agreement” means the form established by the Administrator that the Participant completes, signs and returns to the Administrator to acknowledge participation in the Plan.
1.23 “Plan Year” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the following December 31.
1.24 “Separation from Service” means, with respect to any Participant, a termination of the Participant’s service with the Bank and its Affiliates for reasons other than death or Disability. A Separation from Service may occur as of a specified date for purposes of the Plan even if the Participant continues to provide some services for the Bank or its Affiliates after that date, provided that the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Participant reasonably anticipated at that date that either no further services would be performed after that date, or that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period during which the Participant performed services for the Bank, if that is less than thirty-six (36) months). A Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, the period for which a statute or contract provides the Participant with the right to reemployment with the Bank. If the Participant’s leave exceeds six (6) months but the Participant is not entitled to reemployment under a statute or contract, the Participant
incurs a Separation of Service on the next day following the expiration of such six (6) month period. In determining whether a Separation of Service occurs the Administrator shall take into account, among other things, the definition of “service recipient” and “employer” set forth in Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(h)(3). The Administrator shall have full and final authority, to determine conclusively whether a Separation from Service occurs, and the date of such Separation from Service.
1.25 “Specified Employee” means an individual that satisfies the definition of a “key employee” of the Bank as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Code §416(i)(5)), provided that the stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If a Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on December 31, the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the following April.
ARTICLE 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1 Selection by Administrator . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to those directors of the Bank selected by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, to participate in the Plan. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated individuals employed by or providing services to the Bank.
2.2 Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, and in addition to the requirements in Section 2.1, each selected individual shall complete, execute and return to the Administrator (i) a Participation Agreement Form, (ii) a Beneficiary Designation Form and (iii) a Deferral Election Form. In addition, the Administrator may establish such other enrollment requirements as it determines are necessary.
2.3 Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided an individual selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Administrator, that individual will become a Participant, be covered by the Plan and will be eligible to receive benefits at the time and in the manner provided hereunder, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
2.4 Termination of Participation . If the Administrator determines that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees as such group is determined according to ERISA, the Administrator shall have the right to prevent the Participant from accruing additional benefits hereunder.
ARTICLE 3
DEFERRALS
3.1 Elections Generally . Each Participant may annually file a Deferral Election Form with the Administrator no later than the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which services leading to the compensation to be deferred will be performed.
3.2 Initial Election. After being notified by the Administrator of becoming eligible to participate in this Plan, each Participant may make an initial deferral election by delivering to the Administrator a signed Deferral Election Form within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible. The Deferral Election Form shall set forth the amount Fees to be deferred. However, if the Participant was eligible to participate in any other account balance plans (as referenced in Code Section 409A) sponsored by the Bank prior to becoming eligible to participate in this Plan, the initial election to defer under this Plan shall not be effective until the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant became eligible to participate in this Plan.
3.3 Election Changes. The Participant may modify the amount of Deferrals annually by filing a new Deferral Election Form with the Bank. The modified deferral shall not be effective until the calendar year following the year in which the subsequent Deferral Election Form is received by the Bank.
3.4 Bank Contributions. In addition to any Deferrals, the Bank may, at any time, make a Contribution to the Deferral Account.
Article 4
DEFFERAL ACCOUNT
4.1 Establishing and Crediting . The Bank shall establish a Deferral Account on its books for the Participant and shall credit to the Deferral Account the following amounts:
(a) Any Deferrals or Contributions hereunder; and
(b) Interest as follows:
(i) On the last day of each month during and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Plan, interest shall be credited on the Deferral Account balance at an annual rate equal to the Crediting Rate; and
(ii) On the last day of each month during any installment period, interest shall be credited on the unpaid Deferral Account balance at an annual rate equal to the Crediting Rate, compounded monthly.
4.2 Recordkeeping Device Only . The Deferral Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Plan and is not a trust fund of any kind.
ARTICLE 5
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
5.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Participant the Deferral Account balance calculated at Separation from Service. This benefit shall be paid as elected by the Participant on the Participant’s Participation Agreement, commencing the month following Separation from Service.
5.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall pay the Participant the Deferral Account balance calculated at Separation from Service in lieu of any other benefit hereunder. This benefit shall be paid as elected by the Participant on the Participant’s Participation Agreement, commencing the month following Separation from Service.
5.3 Disability Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Disability p rior to Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Participant the Deferral Account balance calculated as of the date of Disability in lieu of any other benefit hereunder. This benefit shall be paid as elected by the Participant on the Participant’s Participation Agreement, commencing the month following Disability.
5.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs, followed within twenty-four (24) months by Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Participant the Deferral Account balance calculated as of the date of Separation from Service in lieu of any other benefit hereunder. This benefit shall be paid as elected by the Participant on the Participant’s Participation Agreement, commencing the month following Separation from Service.
5.5 Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies prior to Separation from Service and Disability, the Bank shall pay the Beneficiary the Deferral Account balance calculated as of the date of the date of the Participant’s death. This benefit shall be paid as elected by the Participant on the Participant’s Participation Agreement, commencing the month following Participant’s death.
5.6 Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving all payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank shall pay the Beneficiary the same amounts at the same time as the Bank would have paid to the Participant had the Participant survived.
5.7 Termination for Cause . If the Bank terminates a Participant’s service for Cause, then the Participant shall forfeit all amounts credited to the Deferral Account except the Deferrals.
5.8 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is considered a Specified Employee at the time of Separation from Service, the provisions of this Section shall govern all distributions hereunder. Distributions which would otherwise be made to the Participant due to Separation from Service shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Participant during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Participant in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, or if earlier, upon the Participant’s death. All subsequent distributions shall be paid as they would have had this Section not applied.
5.9 Acceleration of Payments . Except as specifically permitted herein, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the federal government; (iii) in compliance with the ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cashouts (but not in excess of the limit under Code §402(g)(1)(B)); (v) to pay employment-related taxes; or (vi) to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A.
5.10 Delays in Payment by Bank . A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Bank treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.
(a) Payments subject to Code Section 162(m) . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank’s deduction with respect to any distribution under this Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Plan is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Plan. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Participant (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).
(b) Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of law.
(c) Solvency . Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern.
5.11 Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Solely for purposes of determining compliance with Code Section 409A, any payment under this Plan made after the required payment date shall be deemed made on the required payment date provided that such payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) if Bank cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant’s control, the end of the first
calendar year which payment calculation is practicable; and (iv) if Bank does not have sufficient funds to make the payment without jeopardizing the Bank’s solvency, in the first calendar year in which the Bank’s funds are sufficient to make the payment.
5.12 Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Bank and the Administrator from further liability on account thereof.
5.13 Excise Tax Limitation . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if any benefit payment hereunder would be treated as an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, the Bank shall reduce such benefit payment to the extent necessary to avoid treating such benefit payment as an excess parachute payment. The Participant shall be entitled to only the reduced benefit and shall forfeit any amount over and above the reduced amount.
5.14 Changes in Form of Timing of Benefit Payments . The Bank and the Participant may, subject to the terms hereof, amend this Plan to delay the timing or change the form of payments. Any such amendment:
(a) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made;
(b) must, for benefits distributable due solely to the arrival of a specified date, or on account of Separation from Service or Change in Control, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(c) must, for benefits distributable due solely to the arrival of a specified date, be made not less than twelve (12) months before distribution is scheduled to begin.
Article 6
Beneficiaries
6.1 Designation of Beneficiaries . The Participant may designate any person to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant’s death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime. If the Participant names someone other than the Participant’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Administrator, executed by the Participant’s spouse and returned to the Administrator. The Participant’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or if the Participant names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.
6.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation . In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Bank shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant’s spouse. If the spouse is not living then the Bank shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant’s living descendants per stirpes , and if there no living descendants, to the Participant’s estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Bank may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant’s personal representative, executor, or administrator.
Article 7
ADMINISTRATION
7.1 Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Bank, Participant or Beneficiary. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.
7.2 Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes.
7.3 Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.
7.4 Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Bank to employ such legal counsel and recordkeeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Bank.
7.5 Bank Information . The Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Participant’s compensation, death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other information as the Administrator reasonably requires.
7.6 Termination of Participation . If the Administrator determines in good faith that the Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as determined in accordance with ERISA, the Administrator shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prohibit the Participant from making any additional Deferrals hereunder.
7.7 Compliance with Code Section 409A . The Bank and the Participants intend that the Plan comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A to prevent the inclusion in gross income of any amounts deferred hereunder in a taxable year prior to the year in which amounts are actually paid to the Participant or Beneficiary. This Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in a manner that affects such intent, and the Administrator shall not take any action that would be inconsistent therewith.
Article 8
Claims and Review Procedures
8.1 Claims Procedure . A Claimant who has not received benefits under this Plan that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows.
(a) Initiation – Written Claim . The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
(b) Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.
(c) Notice of Decision . If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth: (i) the specific reasons for the denial; (ii) a reference to the specific provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed; (iv) an explanation of this Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and (v) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
8.2 Review Procedure . If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial as follows.
(a) Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the Claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.
(b) Additional Submissions – Information Access . The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.
(c) Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
(d) Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond in writing to such Claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.
(e) Notice of Decision . The Administrator shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth: (a) the specific reasons for the denial; (b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based; (c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and (d) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1 Plan Amendment Generally . This Plan may be amended only by a written document executed by the Bank, provided that such amendment does not reduce or eliminate any vested benefit hereunder.
9.2 Amendment to Insure Proper Characterization of Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan may be amended by the Bank at any time, if found necessary in the opinion of the Bank, i) to ensure that the Plan is characterized as plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA, ii) to conform the Plan to the requirements of any applicable law or iii) to comply with the written instructions of the Bank’s auditors or banking regulators.
9.3 Plan Termination Generally . This Plan may be terminated only by a written document executed by the Bank. In case of such termination, the benefit to be paid to each Participant hereunder shall be the Participant’s Deferral Account balance. However, except
as provided in Section 9.4, Plan termination shall not cause a distribution of benefits hereunder. Rather, upon termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4.
9.4 Effect of Complete Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.3, and subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix), at certain times the Bank may completely terminate and liquidate the Plan. In the event of such a complete termination, the Bank shall pay the Deferral Account balances to the Participants. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions.
(a) Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . The Bank may terminate and liquidate this Plan within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that all benefits paid under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of: (i) the calendar year which the termination occurs; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
(b) Discretionary Termination . The Bank may terminate and liquidate this Plan provided that: (i) the termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank; (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank and Affiliates that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c) are terminated; (iii) no payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of the date the Bank takes the irrevocable action to terminate this Plan; (iv) all payments are made within twenty-four (24) months following the date the Bank takes the irrevocable action to terminate and liquidate this Plan; and (v) neither the Bank nor any of its Affiliates adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c) if the Participants participated in both arrangements, at any time within three (3) years following the date the Bank takes the irrevocable action to terminate this Plan.
(c) Change in Control . The Bank may terminate and liquidate this Agreement by taking irrevocable action to terminate and liquidate within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Agreement will then be treated as terminated only if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank which are treated as deferred under a single plan under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c)(2) are terminated and liquidated with respect to each Participant who experienced the Change in Control so that the Director and any participants in any such similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date the Bank takes the irrevocable action to terminate the arrangements.
Article 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 No Effect on Other Rights . This Plan, and each Participant’s Participation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Participant as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Participants by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein. Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with the Participant without regard to the existence hereof.
10.2 State Law . To the extent not governed by ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal law of the State of New Mexico without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
10.3 Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
10.4 Nonassignability . Benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
10.5 Unsecured General Creditor Status . Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Bank and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Bank’s obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. In the event that the Bank purchases an insurance policy insuring the life of the Participant to recover the cost of providing benefits hereunder, neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom.
10.6 Unclaimed Benefits . The Participant shall keep the Bank informed of the Participant’s current address and the current address of the Beneficiary. If the location of the Participant is not made known to the Bank within three years after the date upon which any payment of any benefits may first be made, the Bank shall delay payment of the Participant’s benefit payment(s) until the location of the Participant is made known to the Bank; however, the Bank shall only be obligated to hold such benefit payment(s) for the Participant until the expiration of three (3) years. Upon expiration of the three (3) year period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Beneficiary. If the location of the Beneficiary is not made known to the Bank by the end of an additional two (2) month period following expiration of the three (3) year period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Participant’s estate. If there is no estate in existence at such time or if such fact cannot be determined by the Bank, the Participant and Beneficiary shall thereupon forfeit all rights to any benefits provided under this Plan.
10.7 Removal . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Plan if the Participant is subject to a final
removal or prohibition order issued pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Furthermore, any payments made to the Participant pursuant to this Plan shall, if required, comply with 12 U.S.C. 1828, FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359 and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.
10.8 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Administrator under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the Bank’s principal business office. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Participant or Beneficiary, as appropriate. Any notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or on the receipt for registration or certification.
10.9 Headings and Interpretation . Headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Plan. Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Plan requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.
10.10 Alternative Action . In the event it becomes impossible for the Bank or the Administrator to perform any act required by this Plan due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Plan and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.
10.11 Coordination with Other Benefits . The benefits provided for the Participant or the Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to the Participant under any other plan or program of the Bank. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.
10.12 Inurement . This Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successor and assigns, and the Participant, the Participant’s successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and the Beneficiary.
10.13 Tax Withholding . The Bank may make such provisions and take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Bank is required by any law or regulation to withhold in connection with any benefits under the Plan. The Participant shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any benefits paid hereunder.
10.14 Aggregation of Plan . If the Bank offers other account balance deferred compensation arrangements in addition to this Plan, this Plan and those arrangements shall be treated as a single plan to the extent required under Code Section 409A.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a representative of the Bank has executed this Plan as indicated below:
Bank: | ||
By: | /s/ Randal L. Rabon | |
Its: | Chairman |
BANK ‘34
DIRECTOR DEFERRED FEE PLAN
fEE Deferral Election form
Amount of Deferral | Duration | |
[Initial and Complete One]
____ I elect to defer ______% of my Fees.
____ I elect to defer $______________ of my Fees.
____ I elect not to defer any of my Fees.
|
[Initial and Complete One]
____ For ____ year(s)
____ For all future Plan Years
|
Signature: ________________________________
Printed Name: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________
Received by the Administrator this _____ day of ____________________, 201__.
By: | _________________________________ |
Title: | _________________________________ |
BANK ‘34
DIRECTOR DEFERRED FEE PLAN
Beneficiary Designation
I designate the following as Beneficiary under this Plan:
Primary
____________________________________________________________________________________ _______%
____________________________________________________________________________________ _______%
Contingent
____________________________________________________________________________________ _______%
____________________________________________________________________________________ _______%
I understand that I may change this beneficiary designation by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designation will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me or if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Signature: | _______________________________ | Date: | _______ |
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required only if Administrator requests and someone other than spouse is named Beneficiary)
I consent to the beneficiary designation above. I also acknowledge that if I am named Beneficiary and my marriage is subsequently dissolved, the beneficiary designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name: _______________________________
Signature: _______________________________ Date: ________ |
Received by the Administrator this ________ day of ___________________, 20__
By: | _________________________________ |
Title: | _________________________________ |
BANK ‘34
DIRECTOR DEFERRED FEE PLAN
Distribution Election Form
Method of Payment | ||||
Benefit |
Lump Sum (Initial) |
Equal Monthly Installments for the
(initial and indicate number of months) |
||
Normal Retirement Benefit | ||||
Early Termination Benefit | ||||
Disability Benefit | ||||
Change in Control Benefit |
NOTE: Changes made to the distribution methods originally selected are discouraged. Any changes to the elections made on this form are subject to the restrictions found in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and detailed in Section 5.14 of the Plan.
Signature: | ________________________________ |
Name: | ________________________________ |
Date: | ________________________________ |
Received by the Administrator this _____ day of ____________________, 201__.
By: | _________________________________ |
Title: | _________________________________ |
Exhibit 10.12
Bank‘34
RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT
Jan R. Thiry
1 Oak Brook Club Drive, A202
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
Re: Retention Bonus Agreement
Dear Mr. Jan R. Thiry:
We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) the following retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”). The purpose of this Agreement is to reward you for your initial year of service to Bank ‘34 (the “Company”).
The terms of this Agreement are as follows:
1. Period of this Agreement. This Agreement will commence effective as of your initial hire date, and will end one year from that date (“Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 5 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. This Agreement is not renewable unless expressly agreed in writing between you and the Company, and it does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.
2. Retention Bonus Payments. The Company will provide you with a retention bonus (“Retention Bonus”) in the gross amount of $40,000. The Retention Bonus shall be payable as follows: $20,000 (representing 50% of the Retention Bonus) to be paid on the first payroll date following 6 months of service with employer, and $20,000 (representing 50% of the Retention Bonus) to be paid on the first payroll date following 12 months of service with employer. You must remain actively employed and in compliance with the Company’s policies and directives concerning job performance and conduct as of each payout date in order to earn and receive your Retention Bonus payment. The Retention Bonus payments made under this Agreement are subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions.
3. Termination of Employment.
(a) Termination by the Company without Cause. In the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause (as defined herein) during the Agreement Period, you shall be entitled to receive 100% of the total Retention Bonus, less any Retention Bonus payments previously paid. This amount shall be payable within fourteen (14) days after the termination date and shall be in addition to any amounts you may be entitled to receive from Bank ‘34. For
MAIN 575.437.9334 | 500 E. 10th Street | |
FAX 575.437.7020 | Alamogordo, NM 88310 | |
bank34online.com |
example, if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause after 8 months of service but before 12 months of service, you shall be entitled to receive a Retention Bonus payment equal to $20,000 (representing 50% of the Retention Bonus) of your total Retention Bonus.
(b) Resignation by Employee or Termination by the Company for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you will not be entitled to receive any unearned and unpaid portion of your Retention Bonus payment. For example, if you resign or the Company terminates you for Cause before 6 months of service, you shall not be entitled to receive any Retention Bonus payments under this Agreement, or if you resign or the Company terminates you for Cause after you have received your 6 month Retention Bonus payment but before 12 months of service, you shall not be entitled to receive any further Retention Bonus payments under this Agreement.
For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have terminated the Employee’s employment for “Cause,” as determined by the Company, upon the following:
(i) Any unauthorized material disclosure by Employee of the Company’s business practices or accounts to a competitor.
(ii) Wrongful misappropriation by Employee of funds, property, or rights of the Company.
(iii) Wrongful destruction of business records or other property by Employee.
(iv) Conviction of Employee of a felony involving knowing, willful or reckless misconduct or, as the result of a plea bargain, conviction of Employee of a misdemeanor; provided, Employee was originally charged (prior to the plea bargain) with a felony involving knowing, willful or reckless misconduct.
(v) Gross misconduct by Employee which results in serious damage to the Company.
(vi) Employee’s material breach of, or inability to perform his obligations under, this Agreement other than by reason of Disability.
(vii) Violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
The foregoing is by way of example and is not intended to be an exhaustive list of events which may be deemed by the Company, in its discretion, to give rise to a termination for “Cause.”
5. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, an attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.
6. Arbitration; Enforcement of Rights. Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this Agreement, or the breach or threatened breach thereof shall be settled by binding arbitration in the city of Alamogordo, New Mexico, in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
7. Governing Law/Captions/Severance. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of New Mexico. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
8. Release and Waiver. Notwithstanding any provision contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to make any payments to you upon the termination of your employment for any reason unless you execute a waiver and release of claims which has been prepared and presented to you by the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this paragraph, the failure of either party to insist in any instance on the strict performance of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such provision or right in any other instance.
9. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.
We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read, understood, and agree to the terms of this Agreement.
Sincerely, | ||
/s/ Jill Gutierrez | ||
Jill Gutierrez | ||
President and CEO | ||
I have read, understand, and agree to the terms of this Agreement | ||
/s/ Jan R. Thiry | February 10, 2014 | |
Employee (signature) | Date | |
Jan R. Thiry | ||
Employee (printed name) |
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Name | State of Incorporation | Ownership Percentage | ||||
Bank 34 | Federal | 100 | % |
Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Jill Gutierrez, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report of Alamogordo Financial Corp.; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others within the entity, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors: |
a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: | March 28, 2016 | /s/ Jill Gutierrez | |
Jill Gutierrez | |||
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Jan R. Thiry, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report of Alamogordo Financial Corp.; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others within the entity, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors: |
a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: | March 28, 2016 | /s/ Jan R. Thiry | |
Jan R. Thiry | |||
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Jill Gutierrez, Chief Executive Officer of Alamogordo Financial Corp., (the “Company”) and Jan R. Thiry, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company that they have reviewed the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Report”) and that to the best of their knowledge:
1. | the Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
2. | the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
Date: | March 28, 2016 | /s/ Jill Gutierrez | |
Jill Gutierrez | |||
Chief Executive Officer |
Date: | March 28, 2016 | /s/ Jan R. Thiry | |
Jan R. Thiry | |||
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Alamogordo Financial Corp. and will be retained by Alamogordo Financial Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.